-
81 Among the blind the one-eyed man is king.
<03> Кривой среди слепых – царь. Ср. Промеж слепых кривой – первый вождь. На безрыбьи и рак рыба.Англо-русский словарь цитат, пословиц, поговорок и идиом > Among the blind the one-eyed man is king.
-
82 In the country of the blind one-eyed man is a king.
<03> В стране слепых и одноглазый царь. Ср. Промеж слепых кривой – первый царь. На безрыбьи и рак рыба. На бесптичьи и ворона соловей.Англо-русский словарь цитат, пословиц, поговорок и идиом > In the country of the blind one-eyed man is a king.
-
83 among the blind the one-eyed man is king
посл.Кривой среди слепых — царь.ср. Промеж слепых кривой — первый вождь. На безрыбьи и рак рыба.Англо-русский универсальный дополнительный практический переводческий словарь И. Мостицкого > among the blind the one-eyed man is king
-
84 in the country of the blind one-eyed man is a king
посл.В стране слепых и одноглазый царь.ср. Промеж слепых кривой — первый царь. На безрыбьи и рак рыба. На бесптичьи и ворона соловей.Англо-русский универсальный дополнительный практический переводческий словарь И. Мостицкого > in the country of the blind one-eyed man is a king
-
85 among the blind the one-eyed man is king
syn: half a loaf is better than no breadодноокий між сліпими король ≅ на безриб'ї і рак риба на безлюдді й Хома чоловік не виливай каламутну воду, доки чисту не знайдеш half a loaf is better than no bread there is small choice in rotten applesEnglish-Ukrainian dictionary of proverbs > among the blind the one-eyed man is king
-
86 favorito
adj.favorite, chosen, favourite, fancied.m.favorite, favourite, darling.* * *► adjetivo1 favourite (US favorite)► nombre masculino,nombre femenino1 favourite (US favorite)* * *(f. - favorita)noun adj.* * *favorito, -aADJ SM / F favourite, favorite (EEUU)* * *- ta adjetivo/masculino, femenino favorite** * *= favourite [favorite, -USA], favourite [favorite, -USA], pick, Nombre + of choice, front runner, best-loved.Ex. This text contains its share of irrelevant allusions included by authors 'to add artistic verisimilitude to a bald and otherwise unconvincing narrative', to quote another favourite source.Ex. After having read many novels by many different authors, one gets less partisan, one is able to see faults even in one's favorites.Ex. The October 2002 issue of CONVERGE magazine lists their picks for the 'Shapers of the Future 2002' -- 'today's leaders and innovators who have dreamed and accomplished mighty things in technology and education'.Ex. In the future this may become the method of choice.Ex. As such this is one of the front runners of the next generation of library management systems.Ex. Sleeping Beauty is one of the best-loved ballets in the world.----* dicho favorito = catchphrase.* el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.* expresión favorita = catchphrase.* frase favorita = catchphrase.* materia favorita = pet subject.* tema favorito = hobby-horse.* * *- ta adjetivo/masculino, femenino favorite** * *= favourite [favorite, -USA], favourite [favorite, -USA], pick, Nombre + of choice, front runner, best-loved.Ex: This text contains its share of irrelevant allusions included by authors 'to add artistic verisimilitude to a bald and otherwise unconvincing narrative', to quote another favourite source.
Ex: After having read many novels by many different authors, one gets less partisan, one is able to see faults even in one's favorites.Ex: The October 2002 issue of CONVERGE magazine lists their picks for the 'Shapers of the Future 2002' -- 'today's leaders and innovators who have dreamed and accomplished mighty things in technology and education'.Ex: In the future this may become the method of choice.Ex: As such this is one of the front runners of the next generation of library management systems.Ex: Sleeping Beauty is one of the best-loved ballets in the world.* dicho favorito = catchphrase.* el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.* expresión favorita = catchphrase.* frase favorita = catchphrase.* materia favorita = pet subject.* tema favorito = hobby-horse.* * *favorite*A masculine, feminine favorite*partió como claro favorito he started as clear favoriteuna de las favoritas del rey one of the king's favoriteslogró vencer al segundo/tercer favorito del torneo she succeeded in beating the tournament’s second/third favoriteBagregar a favoritos to add to favorites, bookmark* * *
favorito◊ -ta adjetivo/ sustantivo masculino, femenino
favorite( conjugate favorite)
favorito,-a adjetivo & sustantivo masculino y femenino favourite, US favorite
' favorito' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
favorita
- teutón
- teutona
- teutónica
- teutónico
English:
book
- bookmark
- doze
- evergreen
- favourite
- haunt
- hobbyhorse
- lobster
- odds-on
- our
- pet
- favorite
* * *favorito, -a♦ adjfavourite♦ nm,ffavourite* * *I adj favorite, BrfavouriteII m, favorita f favorite, Brfavourite* * *favorito, -ta adj & n: favorite* * *favorito adj n favourite¿cuál es tu color favorito? what's your favourite colour? -
87 φίλος
φίλος, η, ον, also ος, ον Pi.O.2.93: [[pron. full] ῐ: but Hom. uses the voc. φίλε with [pron. full] ῑ at the beginning of a verse, v. infr.].I pass., beloved, dear, Il.1.20, etc.;παῖδε φίλω 7.279
; freq. c. dat., dear to one,μάλα οἱ φ. ἦεν 1.381
;φ. ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι 20.347
, etc.: voc., φίλε κασίγνητε (at the beginning of the line) 4.155, 5.359; with neut. nouns,φίλε τέκνον Od.2.363
, 3.184, etc.; butφίλον τέκος Il.3.162
; also φίλος for φίλε ([dialect] Att., acc. to A.D.Synt.213.28),φίλος ὦ Μενέλαε Il.4.189
, cf. 9.601, 21.106, al., Pi.N.3.76, A.Pr. 545 (lyr.), E.Supp. 277 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 1168(lyr.): gen. added to the voc.,φίλ' ἀνδρῶν Theoc. 15.74
, 24.40;ὦ φίλα γυναικῶν E.Alc. 460
(lyr.): as Subst.:a φίλος, ὁ, friend, κουρίδιος φίλος, i.e. husband, Od.15.22; φίλοι friends, kith and kin,νόσφιφίλων Il.14.256
;τῆλεφίλων Od.2.333
, cf.6.287; φ. μέγιστος my greatest friend, S.Aj. 1331; φίλοι οἱ ἐγγυτάτω, οἱ ἔγγιστα, Lys. 1.41 codd., Plb.9.24.2; after Hom. freq. with a gen.,ὁ Διὸς φίλος A.Pr. 306
; τοὺς ἐμαυτοῦ φ., τοὺς τούτων φ., Aeschin.1.47;φ. ἐμός S.Ph. 421
; τῶν ἐμε̄ν φ. ib. 509;τοὺς σφετέρους φ. X.HG4.8.25
: prov., ἔστιν ὁ φ. ἄλλος αὐτός a friend is another self, Arist.EN 1166a31;κοινὰ τὰ τῶν φ. Pl.Phdr. 279c
, cf. Arist.EN 1159b31;οὐθεὶς φ. ᾧ πολλοὶ φ. Id.EE 1245b20
; also of friends or allies, opp. πολέμιοι, X.HG 6.5.48;φ. καὶ σύμμαχος D.9.12
, etc.; of a lover, X.Mem.3.11.4 (in bad sense, Lac.2.13); φίλε my friend, as a form of courteous address, Ev.Luc.14.10, etc.; in relation to things,οἱ μουσικῆς φ. E.Fr.580.3
; ; ;Χίους φ. ποιῆσαι Lys. 14.36
, etc.;ποιεῖσθαι Luc.Pisc.38
;κτᾶσθαι Isoc.2.27
, cf. Th.2.40; ;φίλῳ χρῆσθαί τινι Antipho 5.63
;ἡμᾶς ἔχειν φίλους And.1.40
; for Hdt.3.49, v. φίλιος.b φίλη, ἡ, dear one, friend,κλῦτε, φίλαι Od.4.722
; ; of a wife, φίλην τινὰ ἄγεσθαι take as one's wife, Il.9.146, 288; ἡ Ξέρξου φ., of his mother, A.Pers. 832; of a mistress, X.Mem.2.1.23, 3.11.16; .c φίλον, τό, an object of love, τὸ φ. σέβεσθαι to reverence what the city loves, S.OC 187 (lyr.): addressed to persons, darling,φ. ἐμόν Ar.Ec. 952
(lyr.); so φίλτατον ib. 970; τὰ φίλτατα one's nearest and dearest, dear ones, such as wife and children, A.Pers. 851, Eu. 216, S.OT 366, OC 1110, E.Med.16: v. φίλτατος; τἀμὰ φίλα, τὰ σὰ φ., Id. Ion 523 (troch.), 613.d οἱ πρῶτοι φίλοι, a title at the Ptolemaic court, OGI99.3, PTeb.11.4 (ii B. C.), etc.; or simplyοἱ φ. τοῦ βασιλέως OGI100.1
; or οἱ φ. alone, ib. 115.4; τῶν φ. και διοικητοῦ one of the king's friends and dioecetes, PTeb.79.56 (ii B. C.).2 of things, pleasant, welcome,δόσις ὀλίγη τε φ. τε Od.6.208
, cf. Il.1.167: c. dat. pers., , cf. Od.8.248, 13.295;οὐ φίλα τοι ἐρέω Hdt.7.104
; δαίμοσιν πράσσειν φίλα their pleasure, A.Pr. 660, cf. infr. 11.b freq. as predic., φίλον ἐστί or γίγνεταί μοι pleases me, it is after my own heart,εἴ πού τοι φίλον ἐστί Od.7.320
; μὴ φ. Διὶ πατρὶ γένοιτο ib. 316, cf. Il.7.387;εἰ τόδε πᾶσι φ. καὶ ἡδὺ γένοιτο 4.17
;καί τοι φ. ἔπλετο θυμῷ Od.13.145
, etc.; : less freq. c. inf., ; , cf. 24.334, Od. 14.378; so , cf. 108, 4.97: rarely c. part., εἰ τόδ' αὐτῷ φιλον κεκλημένῳ if it please him to be so called, A.Ag. 161 (lyr.): agreeing with pl., , cf. Od.17.15;ἔνθα φίλ' ὀπταλέα κρέα ἔδμεναι Il.4.345
; .c in Hom. and early Poets, one's own; freq. of limbs, life, etc., φίλον δ' ἐξαίνυτο θυμόν he took away dear life, Il.5.155, cf. 22.58;κατεπλήγη φίλον ἦτορ 3.31
;εἰς ὅ κε.. μοι φίλα γούνατ' ὀρώρῃ 9.610
;φίλον κατὰ λαιμόν 19.209
; esp. of one's nearest kin,πατὴρ φ. 22.408
, Sapph.Supp.20a.11;ἄλοχος φ. Il.5.480
: cf. φίλτατος: as a standing epith. when no affection is implied, μητρὶ φίλῃ Ἀλθαίῃ χωόμενος κῆρ angry with his own mother, Il.9.555: simply to denote possession,φίλα εἵματα 2.261
; φ. πόνος their wonted labour, Theoc.21.20.d applied to the numbers 284 and 220, Iamb. in Nic.p.35P.II less freq. (chiefly poet.) in act. sense, loving, friendly, Od.1.313, cf. Il.24.775: c. gen., φίλαν ξένων ἄρουραν friendly to strangers, Pi.N.5.8, cf. P.3.5: of things, kindly, pleasing,φίλα φρεσὶ μήδεα εἰδώς Il.17.325
; φίλα φρονέειν τινί feel kindly, Il.4.219;φ. ἐργάζεσθαί τινι Od.24.210
;φ. εἰδέναι τινί 3.277
; φ. ποιέεσθαί τινι deal with one in friendly fashion, do one a pleasure, Hdt.2.152, 5.37.III Adv. φίλως, once in Hom., φίλως χ' ὁρόῳτε ye would fain see it, Il.4.347, cf. Hes. Sc.45, A.Ag. 247(lyr.), [ 1591], etc.; φ. ἐμοί in a manner dear or pleasing to me, ib. 1581.2 in a friendly, kindly spirit,τήνδε τὴν πόλιν φ. εἰπών S.OC 758
;φ. δέχεσθαί τινα X.HG4.8.5
, cf. Pl.Epin. 988c.IV φίλος has several forms of comparison:1 [comp] Comp. φιλίων [pron. full] [λῐ], ον, gen. ονος, Od.19.351, 24.268: [comp] Sup. φίλιστος, η, ον, interpol. in S.Aj. 842.2 [comp] Comp. φίλτερος, [comp] Sup. φίλτατος, v. sub voce.3 [comp] Comp.φιλαίτερος X.An.1.9.29
, Call.Del.58: [comp] Sup.φιλαίτατος X.HG7.3.8
, Theoc.7.98.5 also as [comp] Comp.,μᾶλλον φίλος A.Ch. 219
, S.Ph. 886;φ. μᾶλλον Thphr. CP6.1.4
; [comp] Sup.,μάλιστα φ. X.Cyr.8.1.17
. -
88 mann
мужчинамуж-en, menn, mennene* * *gentleman, man* * *subst. man (pl. men) subst. (talespråk) guy, chap, bloke subst. [ ektemann] husband subst. [arbeider, matros] hand subst. [ tilhenger] adherent, man (f.eks. ) subst. [ representant] man (f.eks. ); (føydalt etc.) man (f.eks. ) (alle mann) everybody, (mar.) all hands (f.eks. ) (dagens mann) the man of the moment (fremtidens mann) the coming man (hver mann) every man, everybody (til siste mann) to the last man (f.eks. ) (være sin egen mann) be one's own master, be independent -
89 Mafra, Palace and Convent of
One of the Iberian Peninsula's largest structures, Mafra Palace and Convent remains Portugal's most colossal historic monument-building. About 48 kilometers (30 miles) north-northwest of Lisbon, the complex is located in the town of Mafra, one of Portugal's most ancient settlements. First ordered built by the extravagant King João V in 1711, Mafra Palace was not completed until decades later by poorly paid labor. With perhaps the larger building of Phillip II of Spain's Escorial Palace and Convent in mind, King João V dedicated the rival enterprise to celebrating the birth of a child to his Austrian queen; this child, who was a girl, became queen of Spain. A veritable army of workers — at one time 45,000—constructed the massive building, which some thought would never be completed. In fact, after it was finally begun in 1717, the building was finished in 1735.The most extravagant project of João's expansive reign, Mafra Palace and Convent are heavy in style and spirit, but this is offset by the magnificent baroque library and the music that comes from the 50-bell carillon that is still in use. The wonders of Mafra can be imagined from just a few of the building figures; there are, for example, 5,200 doorways and 2,500 windows. Some of the wealth in royal coffers that paid for Mafra came from "the King's Fifth," out of the diamonds and gold in Portugal's richest colony, Brazil. The manner in which this historic monument is utilized not only as a tourist site, but also for a variety of other purposes, is a fascinating case of Portugal as a "museum-state." Mafra today provides space for two museums, offices of the Mafra City Hall (Câmara Municipal), an elementary school, and an army regiment. It is also used as a church.Historical dictionary of Portugal > Mafra, Palace and Convent of
-
90 Slavery and Slave trade, Portuguese
The Portuguese role in the Atlantic slave trade (ca. 1500-1850), next to Portugal's motives for empire and the nature of her colonial rule, remains one of the most controversial historical questions. The institution of slavery was conventional in Roman and Visigothic Portugal, and the Catholic Church sanctioned it. The origins of an international traffic in enslaved African captives in the Atlantic are usually dated to after the year 1411, when the first black African slaves were brought to Portugal (Lagos) and sold, but there were activities a century earlier that indicated the beginnings. In the 1340s, under King Afonso IV, Portuguese had captured native islanders on voyages to the Canary Islands and later used them as slave labor in the sugar plantations of Madeira. After 1500, and especially after the 1550s, when African slave-worked plantations became established in Brazil and other American colonies, the Atlantic slave trade became a vast international enterprise in which Portugal played a key role. But all the European maritime powers were involved in the slave trade from 1500 to 1800, including Great Britain, France, and Holland, those countries that eventually pressured Portugal to cease the slave trade in its empire.No one knows the actual numbers of Africans enslaved in the nefarious business, but it is clear that millions of persons during more than three-and-a-half centuries were forcibly stolen from African societies and that the survivors of the terrible slave voyages helped build the economies of the Americas. Portugal's role in the trade was as controversial as its impact on Portuguese society. Comparatively large numbers of African slaves resided in Portugal, although the precise number remains a mystery; by the last quarter of the 18th century, when the prime minister of King José I, the Marquis of Pombal abolished slavery in Portugal, the African racial element had been largely absorbed in Portuguese society.Great Portuguese fortunes were built on the African slave trade in Portugal, Brazil, and Angola, and the slave trade continued in the Portuguese empire until the 1850s and 1860s. The Angolan slave trade across the Atlantic was doomed after Brazil banned the import of slaves in 1850, under great pressure from Britain. As for slavery in Portugal's African empire, various forms of this institution, including forced labor, continued in Angola and Mozambique until the early 1960s. A curious vestige of the Portuguese role in the African slave trade over the centuries is found in the family name, appearing in Lisbon telephone books, of Negreiro, which means literally, "One who trades in (African) Negro slaves."Historical dictionary of Portugal > Slavery and Slave trade, Portuguese
-
91 Catholic church
The Catholic Church and the Catholic religion together represent the oldest and most enduring of all Portuguese institutions. Because its origins as an institution go back at least to the middle of the third century, if not earlier, the Christian and later the Catholic Church is much older than any other Portuguese institution or major cultural influence, including the monarchy (lasting 770 years) or Islam (540 years). Indeed, it is older than Portugal (869 years) itself. The Church, despite its changing doctrine and form, dates to the period when Roman Lusitania was Christianized.In its earlier period, the Church played an important role in the creation of an independent Portuguese monarchy, as well as in the colonization and settlement of various regions of the shifting Christian-Muslim frontier as it moved south. Until the rise of absolutist monarchy and central government, the Church dominated all public and private life and provided the only education available, along with the only hospitals and charity institutions. During the Middle Ages and the early stage of the overseas empire, the Church accumulated a great deal of wealth. One historian suggests that, by 1700, one-third of the land in Portugal was owned by the Church. Besides land, Catholic institutions possessed a large number of chapels, churches and cathedrals, capital, and other property.Extensive periods of Portuguese history witnessed either conflict or cooperation between the Church as the monarchy increasingly sought to gain direct control of the realm. The monarchy challenged the great power and wealth of the Church, especially after the acquisition of the first overseas empire (1415-1580). When King João III requested the pope to allow Portugal to establish the Inquisition (Holy Office) in the country and the request was finally granted in 1531, royal power, more than religion was the chief concern. The Inquisition acted as a judicial arm of the Catholic Church in order to root out heresies, primarily Judaism and Islam, and later Protestantism. But the Inquisition became an instrument used by the crown to strengthen its power and jurisdiction.The Church's power and prestige in governance came under direct attack for the first time under the Marquis of Pombal (1750-77) when, as the king's prime minister, he placed regalism above the Church's interests. In 1759, the Jesuits were expelled from Portugal, although they were allowed to return after Pombal left office. Pombal also harnessed the Inquisition and put in place other anticlerical measures. With the rise of liberalism and the efforts to secularize Portugal after 1820, considerable Church-state conflict occurred. The new liberal state weakened the power and position of the Church in various ways: in 1834, all religious orders were suppressed and their property confiscated both in Portugal and in the empire and, in the 1830s and 1840s, agrarian reform programs confiscated and sold large portions of Church lands. By the 1850s, Church-state relations had improved, various religious orders were allowed to return, and the Church's influence was largely restored. By the late 19th century, Church and state were closely allied again. Church roles in all levels of education were pervasive, and there was a popular Catholic revival under way.With the rise of republicanism and the early years of the First Republic, especially from 1910 to 1917, Church-state relations reached a new low. A major tenet of republicanism was anticlericalism and the belief that the Church was as much to blame as the monarchy for the backwardness of Portuguese society. The provisional republican government's 1911 Law of Separation decreed the secularization of public life on a scale unknown in Portugal. Among the new measures that Catholics and the Church opposed were legalization of divorce, appropriation of all Church property by the state, abolition of religious oaths for various posts, suppression of the theology school at Coimbra University, abolition of saints' days as public holidays, abolition of nunneries and expulsion of the Jesuits, closing of seminaries, secularization of all public education, and banning of religious courses in schools.After considerable civil strife over the religious question under the republic, President Sidónio Pais restored normal relations with the Holy See and made concessions to the Portuguese Church. Encouraged by the apparitions at Fátima between May and October 1917, which caused a great sensation among the rural people, a strong Catholic reaction to anticlericalism ensued. Backed by various new Catholic organizations such as the "Catholic Youth" and the Academic Center of Christian Democracy (CADC), the Catholic revival influenced government and politics under the Estado Novo. Prime Minister Antônio de Oliveira Salazar was not only a devout Catholic and member of the CADC, but his formative years included nine years in the Viseu Catholic Seminary preparing to be a priest. Under the Estado Novo, Church-state relations greatly improved, and Catholic interests were protected. On the other hand, Salazar's no-risk statism never went so far as to restore to the Church all that had been lost in the 1911 Law of Separation. Most Church property was never returned from state ownership and, while the Church played an important role in public education to 1974, it never recovered the influence in education it had enjoyed before 1911.Today, the majority of Portuguese proclaim themselves Catholic, and the enduring nature of the Church as an institution seems apparent everywhere in the country. But there is no longer a monolithic Catholic faith; there is growing diversity of religious choice in the population, which includes an increasing number of Protestant Portuguese as well as a small but growing number of Muslims from the former Portuguese empire. The Muslim community of greater Lisbon erected a Mosque which, ironically, is located near the Spanish Embassy. In the 1990s, Portugal's Catholic Church as an institution appeared to be experiencing a revival of influence. While Church attendance remained low, several Church institutions retained an importance in society that went beyond the walls of the thousands of churches: a popular, flourishing Catholic University; Radio Re-nascenca, the country's most listened to radio station; and a new private television channel owned by the Church. At an international conference in Lisbon in September 2000, the Cardinal Patriarch of Portugal, Dom José Policarpo, formally apologized to the Jewish community of Portugal for the actions of the Inquisition. At the deliberately selected location, the place where that religious institution once held its hearings and trials, Dom Policarpo read a declaration of Catholic guilt and repentance and symbolically embraced three rabbis, apologizing for acts of violence, pressures to convert, suspicions, and denunciation. -
92 הטאג' מאהאל
The Taj Mahal, 17th century Indian palace built by a king for his wife, considered to be one of the most beautiful buildings in the world -
93 rey
m.1 king.los Reyes the King and Queenhablando del rey de Roma talk o speak of the devil(Día de) Reyes Epiphanylos Reyes Católicos (6 January, day on which children receive presents) the Spanish Catholic monarchs Ferdinand V and Isabellalos Reyes Magos the Three Kings, the Three Wise Men¿qué les vas a pedir a los Reyes (Magos)? ? what are you going to ask Father Christmas for?el rey de la selva the king of the jungle2 Rey.* * *1 king\a cuerpo de rey figurado like a kinga rey muerto, rey puesto off with the old, on with the new(día de) Reyes Epiphanyel Rey Sol the Sun Kinglos Reyes Católicos the Catholic Monarchs* * *noun m.* * *1. SM1) (=monarca) king- hablando del rey de Roma por la puerta asomarey de armas — ( Hist) king of arms
2) pl Reyes (=fecha) Epiphanylos Reyes Magos — the Magi, the Three Kings, the Three Wise Men
¿qué te han traído los Reyes? — ≈ what did Father Christmas bring you?
3) [en ajedrez, naipes] king4) [uso apelativo] pet *anda, rey, cómetelo todo — come on, pet, eat it all up *
2.ADJ INVDÍA DE REYES In the Spanish-speaking world, los Reyes or El Día de Reyes is the day when people traditionally receive presents for the Christmas season. When they go to bed on January 5, children leave their shoes outside their bedroom doors or by their windows in the expectation that the Reyes Magos (Wise Men) will leave presents beside them. They may already have written letters to SS.MM. los Reyes Magos de Oriente with a list of what they would like. For Reyes it is traditional to eat Roscón de Reyes, a ring-shaped cake studded with frosted fruits and containing a little trinket or coin.* * *1)a) ( monarca) kinghablando del rey de Roma... — (fr hecha) talk of the devil!
a rey muerto, rey puesto — no sooner has one gone than another comes along o comes to take their place
b) (en ajedrez, naipes) kingc) ( como apelativo) pet (colloq), precious (colloq)2)a) Reyes masculino Epiphany, January 6thb) los Reyes masculino plural: tb•• Cultural note:Los Reyes Magos — the Three Wise Men, The Three Kings
The cabalgata de los Reyes Magos takes place in Spain on January 5, the day before Epiphany ( día de Reyes). It is a parade of floats symbolizing the coming of the Three Wise Men to Bethlehem. In Spain and some Latin American countries, Epiphany is the day when gifts are exchanged* * *= king.Ex. If only every chair could be a throne and hold a king or a queen.----* a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.* día de los Reyes Magos, el = Epiphany, the.* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.* nombrar rey = enthrone.* vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.* vivir como un rey = live like + a king.* * *1)a) ( monarca) kinghablando del rey de Roma... — (fr hecha) talk of the devil!
a rey muerto, rey puesto — no sooner has one gone than another comes along o comes to take their place
b) (en ajedrez, naipes) kingc) ( como apelativo) pet (colloq), precious (colloq)2)a) Reyes masculino Epiphany, January 6thb) los Reyes masculino plural: tb•• Cultural note:Los Reyes Magos — the Three Wise Men, The Three Kings
The cabalgata de los Reyes Magos takes place in Spain on January 5, the day before Epiphany ( día de Reyes). It is a parade of floats symbolizing the coming of the Three Wise Men to Bethlehem. In Spain and some Latin American countries, Epiphany is the day when gifts are exchanged* * *= king.Ex: If only every chair could be a throne and hold a king or a queen.
* a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.* día de los Reyes Magos, el = Epiphany, the.* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.* nombrar rey = enthrone.* vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.* vivir como un rey = live like + a king.* * *Reyes Magos (↑ rey a1)A1 (monarca) kingla visita oficial de los Reyes de Suecia the official visit of the King and Queen of Swedenlos Reyes y sus hijos the royal couple and their childrenel león, rey de la selva the lion, king of the junglehablando del rey de Roma … ( fr hecha); talk of the devil!a rey muerto, rey puesto: ya tiene otro novio, a rey muerto, rey puesto she already has another boyfriend, as soon as one goes out the window another comes in the door o as soon as one's off the scene she's on to the next ( colloq)yo ni quito ni pongo rey it's nothing to do with me o I have no say in these things2 (en ajedrez) king; (en naipes) kingven aquí rey mío come here, my pet o my precious ( colloq)Compuesto:mpl:los Reyes Católicos the Catholic Monarchs ( Ferdinand and Isabella)B12* * *
rey sustantivo masculino
1
los Rreyes y sus hijos the royal couple and their children
2
Los Rreyes Magos the Three Wise Men, The Three Kings
rey sustantivo masculino
1 king
2 (mago, genio) es el rey de rock, he's the king of rock
3 Rel (el día de) Reyes, Epiphany o Twelfth Night o 6 January
los Reyes Magos, the (Three) Wise Men
Recuerda que el plural, kings, se refiere solo al sexo masculino. Los reyes de España, es decir, el rey y la reina, se traduce por the king and queen of Spain.
Observa cómo se lee un nombre acompañado de un número: Elizabeth II, Elizabeth the Second; Henry VIII, Henry the Eighth.
' rey' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abdicar
- coronación
- cuerpo
- incógnito
- injuria
- juramentar
- misma
- mismo
- reina
- suceder
- coronar
- corte
- cortejo
- de
- destronar
- disponer
- fiel
- infante
- interceder
- majestad
- representación
- séquito
- vivir
English:
appear
- ascend
- bear
- court
- do
- entertain
- exile
- fit
- forget
- inflict
- king
- queen
- live
- stalemate
* * *rey nm1. [monarca] king;los Reyes the King and Queen;el rey de la selva the king of the jungle;hablando del rey de Roma talk o speak of the devillos Reyes Católicos = the Spanish Catholic monarchs Ferdinand V and Isabella;los Reyes Magos the Three Kings, the Three Wise Men;¿qué les vas a pedir a los Reyes (Magos)? ≈ what are you going to ask Santa Claus for?;rey de la montaña [en ciclismo] king of the mountains;Hist el Rey Sol the Sun King; CAm, Méx rey de los zopilotes [ave] king vulture2.(Día de) Reyes Epiphany [6 January, day on which children receive presents]3. [en ajedrez] king4. [en naipes] king5. [apelativo] love, darling* * *m king;los reyes the king and queen;no quitar ni poner rey fig have no say* * *rey nm: king* * *rey n kingReyes Epiphany / January 6thEl día de Reyes no se celebra en los países anglosajones. Los regalos se dan el día de Navidad¿qué te han traído los Reyes? what did Father Christmas bring you?Reyes Magos Three Wise Men / Three Kings -
94 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
95 de
prep.1 of.el coche de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' cares de ella it's hersla pata de la mesa the table legLa casa de mi padre The house of my father [My father's house]2 from (procedencia, distancia).salir de casa to leave homesoy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbaode la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 meters from the beach to the apartment3 (made) of (materia).un vaso de plástico a plastic cupun reloj de oro a gold watch4 about (asunto).hablábamos de ti we were talking about youlibros de historia history books5 as.trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman6 from (time) (since).trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to fivede madrugada early in the morninga las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoontrabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day7 with (causa, modo).morirse de hambre to die of hungerllorar de alegría to cry with joyde una patada with a kickde una sola vez in one gode tres en tres three at a time8 if.de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sundayde no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it9 to.Está ansiosa de obtener ese trabajo She is anxious to have that job.f.1 letter d.2 SD, standard deviation.3 ED, dose of erythema, erythema dose.* * *de————————de1 (posesión, pertenencia) of2 (procedencia, origen) from3 (descripción) with■ la niña de ojos castaños the girl with dark eyes, the dark-eyed girl4 (tema) of, on, about5 (materia) made of, of6 (contenido) of7 (uso) for8 (oficio) by, as9 (modo) on, in, as10 (tiempo) at, by, in■ de día by day, during the day12 (precio) at13 (medida) measuring14 (causa) with, because of, of15 (agente) by16 (con superlativo) in, of17 (suposición) if18 (en una aposición) of* * *prep.1) of2) from3) in, at4) than5) by* * *PREPOSITION1) [relación] ofla carretera de Valencia — the Valencia road, the road to Valencia
2) [pertenencia]la señora de Pérez — Pérez's wife, Mrs Pérez
3) [característica, material]este modelo es de electricidad — this model uses electricity, this is an electric model
ese tío del sombrero — that chap with o in the hat
4) [contenido]una copa de vino — [llena] a glass of wine; [vacía] a wine glass
5) [origen, distancia, espacio temporal] fromde... a...los de Madrid son los mejores — the ones from Madrid are the best, the Madrid ones are the best
6) [causa]7) [manera]de... en...8) (=respecto de)estar mejor de salud — to be in better health, be better
9) [tema] aboutun libro de biología — a biology book, a book on o about biology
10) [uso]11) [cantidad, medida, valor]12) [con horas y fechas]a las siete de la mañana — at seven o'clock in the morning, at seven a.m.
son las dos de la tarde — it's two o'clock in the afternoon, it's two p.m.
el 3 de mayo — 3 May ( leído May the third {o}2} the third of May)
13) [tiempo]14) [proporción]15) [uso partitivo] of¡había una de gente! — * there were loads of people there! *
16) [autoría] byun libro de Cela — a book by Cela, a book of Cela's
17) [como complemento agente] byel rey entró seguido de su séquito — the king entered, followed by his entourage
18) [en aposición a sustantivos o adjetivos]el bueno/pobre de Pedro — good/poor old Pedro
19) [en comparaciones] thanmás/menos de siete — more/less than seven
más de 500 personas — more than o over 500 people
20) [con superlativos] inel más caro de la tienda/mundo — the most expensive in the shop/world
21) + infinser de ({+ infin}8})sería de desear que actualizaran su información — it would be desirable for them to update their information
22) [dependiente de formas verbales]de esto se deduce que... — from this it can be deduced that...
¿qué esperabas de él? — what did you expect from him?
se sirvió de sus amigos para salir de un mal trago — he turned to his friends to help him through a difficult patch
23) [uso condicional] ifde haberlo sabido no habría venido — if I had known, I wouldn't have come
de no ser así — if it were not so, were it not so
* * *I1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house
no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs
su padre de usted — (frml) your father
es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family
2)a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) ofb) ( con apellidos)[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena
los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz
las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)
c) ( en exclamaciones)ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)
3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) fromes de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá
la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period
de... a... — from... to...
4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection
5) (expresando causa, modo)de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time
de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one
6)a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?
la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat
b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?
8)a) (al definir, especificar)¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?
es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce
b) ( sentido partitivo) of¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?
9) ( con sentido ponderativo)lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!
qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!
10)a) ( con cifras)pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) thancuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100
pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo
un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29
c) ( con un superlativo)12) ( en calidad de) as13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party
14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by15) ( con sentido condicional)a)de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered
b)ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)
IIes de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...
* * *= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.Ex. The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.Ex. These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.Ex. Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.Ex. However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.----* abogado de oficio = legal aid.* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.* de... a = through.* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.* de abolengo = well-born.* de abordo = in-flight.* de absorción = absorptive.* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.* de acceso público = publicly accessible.* de acceso rápido = fast-access.* de acceso restringido = closed access.* de acción = action-centered.* de acompañante = in tow.* de actitud = attitudinal.* de actuación = for action.* de actualidad = topical.* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.* de acuerdo a = according to.* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de adaptación = adaptive.* de †frica = African.* de Africa occidental = West African.* de agua = water-based.* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.* de ahí = therefrom.* de ahí que = hence.* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.* de Alaska = Alaskan.* de Albania = Albanian.* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcohol = spirit-based.* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.* de algún tipo = of some description.* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.* de alta alcurnia = well-born.* de alta cuna = well-born.* de alta densidad = high-density.* de alta energía = high energy.* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.* de alta potencia = high power.* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.* de alta productividad = high-performance.* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.* de alta tensión = heavy-current.* de alta velocidad = high-speed.* de alto abolengo = well-born.* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.* de altura = high, top-notch.* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.* de aluvión = alluvial.* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].* de antigua generación = low-end.* de antiguo = from time immemorial.* de apariencia = cosmetic.* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.* de aquel entonces = of that day.* de aquí para allá = back and forth.* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.* de archivo = archival, archive.* de armas tomar = redoubtable.* de arranque = bootable.* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.* de asesoramiento = consultative.* de aspecto = looking.* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.* de aspecto digno = dignified.* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.* de aspecto solemne = dignified.* de atención básica = preattentive.* de atención primaria = preattentive.* de atrás = rear.* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.* de aupa = royal.* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.* de autogestión = self-managing.* de autoprotección = self-protective.* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].* de baja ralea = ignoble.* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.* de bajo consumo = low energy.* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.* de bajo precio = low-priced.* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.* de balde = for free.* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].* de bienvenida = salutatory.* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.* de bodas = bridal.* de Boole = Boolean.* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.* de broma = humorously, teasingly.* de bronce = brass.* de buena calidad = good-quality.* de buena disposición = good-natured.* de buena fama = of good repute.* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.* de buena reputación = of good repute.* de buenas = on good terms.* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buena voluntad = in good faith.* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.* de buen gusto = tasteful.* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.* de buenos modales = well-mannered.* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buen ver = good looking.* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de cachondeo = teasingly.* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.* de cajón = no-brainer.* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.* de campo = free-range.* de campos fijos = fixed-field.* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.* de carácter = in character.* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.* de castigo = punitive.* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.* de cerámica = ceramic.* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].* de cinco días de duración = five-day.* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.* de civil = in plain clothes.* de clasificación = classificatory.* de clausura = cloistered.* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.* de cobre = cupric.* de cojones = badass.* de colegas = collegial, buddying.* de Colombia = Colombian.* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.* de color de bronce = brassy.* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].* de colorines = brightly coloured.* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.* de color rojo = red-coloured.* de color rosa = rose-coloured.* de color verde botella = bottle green.* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.* de cómo = as to how.* de compañeros = collegial.* de complicidad = knowing.* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.* de conceptos = concept-based.* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.* de confirmación = confirmatory.* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.* de conífera = coniferous.* de construcción básica = brick and frame.* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.* de consulta fácil = scannable.* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.* de consumo = consumptive.* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.* de contrabando = bootleg.* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.* de Corea = Korean.* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.* de corral = free-range.* de corta duración = short term [short-term].* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.* de coste cero = zero-cost.* de costumbre = usual, usually.* de creación = authorial.* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.* de Crimea = Crimean.* de cristal = glass.* de crucial importancia = crucially important.* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].* de cualquier modo = however, either way.* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.* de Cuba = Cuban.* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.* de densidad doble = double-density.* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.* de derechas = right-wing.* de derecho = de jure [iure].* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.* de desarrollo = developmental.* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.* de desconexión = cut-off.* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.* de desecho = discarded.* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].* de desguace = written-off.* de despedida = valedictory.* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.* de día a día = from day to day.* de diámetro = in diameter.* de diario = everyday.* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.* de diesel = diesel-powered.* de diferente modo = differently.* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].* de difícil solución = intractable.* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.* de dirección = directorial, administrative.* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.* de doble filo = double-edged.* de doble hoja = double-hinged.* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.* de doble uso = dual-use.* de dolor = in pain.* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].* de dos en dos = two at a time.* de dos letras = two-letter.* de dos niveles = two-tier.* de dos páginas = two-page.* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].* de dos patas = two-legged.* de dos piernas = two-legged.* de dos pies = two-legged.* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.* de dos tonos = bitonal.* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.* de duelo = in mourning.* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.* de edad = elderly.* de edad avanzada = over the hill.* de edad escolar = school-age.* de edad mediana = middle-aged.* de edad universitaria = college-age.* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.* de ello = thereof, therefrom.* de ellos = theirs.* de embalsamar = embalming.* de emisor a receptor = downstream.* de encaje = lacy.* de enmienda = amendatory.* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.* de entonces = of the day.* de entreguerras = interwar.* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.* de entretenimiento = recreational.* de envergadura = heavy lifting.* de época = vintage.* de epopeya = epic.* de esa época = of the period.* de escándalo = outrageous.* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.* de eso = thereof.* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.* de especial importancia = of particular note.* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.* de Estonia = Estonian.* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.* de evaluación = evaluative.* de éxito = successful.* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].* de expansión = expanded.* de explotación = exploitative.* de extensión = in length.* de extensión normal = standard-length.* de extremada urgencia = serious.* de fabricación casera = homemade.* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.* de fácil manejo = liftable.* de facto = de facto.* de fama = of note.* de fama internacional = of international renown.* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.* de felpa = plush.* de fiar = legit.* de fichas = card-based.* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.* de final de año = end-year.* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.* de fin de año = end of the year.* de fin de milenio = millennial.* de forma = in form.* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.* de forma alternativa = alternatively.* de forma anónima = anonymously.* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.* de forma apreciable = markedly.* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.* de forma audible = audibly.* de forma autónoma = autonomously.* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.* de formación = formative.* de forma clara = clearly.* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.* de forma colegiada = collegially.* de forma combinada = in combination.* de forma competitiva = competitively.* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.* de forma completa = in full.* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.* de forma concisa = concisely.* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.* de forma considerable = considerably.* de forma continuada = continuously.* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.* de forma deductiva = deductively.* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.* de forma diferente = differently shaped.* de forma digital = digitally.* de forma divertida = funnily.* de forma económica = cost-effectively.* de forma errática = erratically.* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.* de forma especulativa = speculatively.* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.* de forma federal = federally.* de forma general = widely, bulk.* de forma global = holistically.* de forma graciosa = funnily.* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].* de forma heurística = heuristically.* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.* de forma innata = innately.* de forma irregular = erratically.* de forma lamentable = miserably.* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.* de forma mágica = magically.* de forma mecánica = mechanically.* de forma mordaz = pungently.* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.* de forma negativa = in a negative light.* de forma neutral = neutrally.* de forma notoria = markedly.* de forma opcional = optionally.* de forma óptima = optimally.* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.* de forma poco ética = unethically.* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.* de forma práctica = pragmatically.* de forma precisa = precisely.* de forma provocativa = provocatively.* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.* de forma que = in ways that.* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.* de forma residual = residually.* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.* de forma saludable = healthily.* de forma sana = healthily.* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.* de forma sublime = subliminally.* de forma suscinta = in brief.* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.* de forma tosca = in crude form.* de forma trágica = tragically.* de fotograma completo = full-frame.* de fotograma doble = half-frame.* de frente = head-on, frontal.* de fuera = outside, off-side.* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.* de fuerza = forceful.* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.* de gala = gala.* de Galileo = Galilean.* de Gambia = Gambian.* de gas = gas-powered.* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.* de geofísica = geophysical.* de gestión = managerial, back-office.* de gestión del museo = curatorial.* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.* de grado básico = junior grade.* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de gran belleza = scenic.* de gran calibre = high-calibre.* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.* de gran corazón = big-hearted.* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].* de gran influencia = seminal.* de granja = free-range.* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.* de gran lujo = top-class.* de gran potencia = high-powered.* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.* de gran talento = talented.* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.* de gran venta = high selling.* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.* de guasa = teasingly.* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.* de habla alemana = German-speaking.* de habla francesa = French-speaking.* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.* de hace años = of years ago.* de hace muchos años = long-standing.* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.* de hace siglos = of yore.* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.* de hierbas = herbal.* de hierro = iron, ferric.* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.* de hoja caduca = deciduous.* de hoja perenne = evergreen.* de hojas largas = long-leaved.* de Homero = Homeric.* de hongos = fungal.* de horticultura = horticultural.* de hoy = present-day.* de hoy día = of today.* de hoy en adelante = as from today.* de hoy en día = of today.* de huelga = striking.* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.* de ideas afines = like-minded.* de igual a igual = as a peer.* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.* de igual longitud = of equal length.* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.* de imitación = copycat.* de importancia = of note, of consequence.* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.* de importancia crucial = crucially important.* de importancia fundamental = critically important.* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.* de incalculable valor = priceless.* de incógnito = incognito.* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].* de inmediato = immediately.* de inspiración = inspirational.* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.* de intereses similares = of like interest.* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.* de interés humano = human interest.* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.* de investigación = exploratory.* de isótopos = isotopic.* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de Kenia = Kenyan.* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].* de la adolescencia = teenage.* de la alcaldía = mayoral.* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.* de la cara = facial.* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.* de la cóclea = cochlear.* de la columna vertebral = spinal.* de la comedia = comedic.* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.* de la cría de aves = avicultural.* de la duramadre = dural.* de la edad media = dark-age.* de la embajada = ambassadorial.* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.* de la época victoriana = Victorian.* de la espina dorsal = spinal.* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.* de la forma más fácil = the easy way .* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.* de la fóvea = foveal.* de la gama alta = high-end.* de la gama baja = low-end.* de la gama inferior = low-end.* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].* de la malaria = malarial.* de la mama = mammary.* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.* de la marina = marine.* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili.* * *I1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house
no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs
su padre de usted — (frml) your father
es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family
2)a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) ofb) ( con apellidos)[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena
los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz
las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)
c) ( en exclamaciones)ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)
3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) fromes de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá
la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period
de... a... — from... to...
4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection
5) (expresando causa, modo)de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time
de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one
6)a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?
la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat
b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?
8)a) (al definir, especificar)¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?
es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce
b) ( sentido partitivo) of¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?
9) ( con sentido ponderativo)lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!
qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!
10)a) ( con cifras)pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) thancuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100
pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo
un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29
c) ( con un superlativo)12) ( en calidad de) as13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party
14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by15) ( con sentido condicional)a)de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered
b)ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)
IIes de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...
* * *= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.
Ex: The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.Ex: These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.Ex: Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.Ex: However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.* abogado de oficio = legal aid.* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.* de... a = through.* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.* de abolengo = well-born.* de abordo = in-flight.* de absorción = absorptive.* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.* de acceso público = publicly accessible.* de acceso rápido = fast-access.* de acceso restringido = closed access.* de acción = action-centered.* de acompañante = in tow.* de actitud = attitudinal.* de actuación = for action.* de actualidad = topical.* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.* de acuerdo a = according to.* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de adaptación = adaptive.* de frica = African.* de Africa occidental = West African.* de agua = water-based.* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.* de ahí = therefrom.* de ahí que = hence.* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.* de Alaska = Alaskan.* de Albania = Albanian.* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcohol = spirit-based.* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.* de algún tipo = of some description.* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.* de alta alcurnia = well-born.* de alta cuna = well-born.* de alta densidad = high-density.* de alta energía = high energy.* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.* de alta potencia = high power.* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.* de alta productividad = high-performance.* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.* de alta tensión = heavy-current.* de alta velocidad = high-speed.* de alto abolengo = well-born.* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.* de altura = high, top-notch.* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.* de aluvión = alluvial.* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].* de antigua generación = low-end.* de antiguo = from time immemorial.* de apariencia = cosmetic.* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.* de aquel entonces = of that day.* de aquí para allá = back and forth.* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.* de archivo = archival, archive.* de armas tomar = redoubtable.* de arranque = bootable.* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.* de asesoramiento = consultative.* de aspecto = looking.* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.* de aspecto digno = dignified.* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.* de aspecto solemne = dignified.* de atención básica = preattentive.* de atención primaria = preattentive.* de atrás = rear.* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.* de aupa = royal.* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.* de autogestión = self-managing.* de autoprotección = self-protective.* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].* de baja ralea = ignoble.* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.* de bajo consumo = low energy.* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.* de bajo precio = low-priced.* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.* de balde = for free.* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].* de bienvenida = salutatory.* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.* de bodas = bridal.* de Boole = Boolean.* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.* de broma = humorously, teasingly.* de bronce = brass.* de buena calidad = good-quality.* de buena disposición = good-natured.* de buena fama = of good repute.* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.* de buena reputación = of good repute.* de buenas = on good terms.* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buena voluntad = in good faith.* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.* de buen gusto = tasteful.* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.* de buenos modales = well-mannered.* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buen ver = good looking.* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de cachondeo = teasingly.* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.* de cajón = no-brainer.* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.* de campo = free-range.* de campos fijos = fixed-field.* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.* de carácter = in character.* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.* de castigo = punitive.* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.* de cerámica = ceramic.* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].* de cinco días de duración = five-day.* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.* de civil = in plain clothes.* de clasificación = classificatory.* de clausura = cloistered.* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.* de cobre = cupric.* de cojones = badass.* de colegas = collegial, buddying.* de Colombia = Colombian.* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.* de color de bronce = brassy.* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].* de colorines = brightly coloured.* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.* de color rojo = red-coloured.* de color rosa = rose-coloured.* de color verde botella = bottle green.* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.* de cómo = as to how.* de compañeros = collegial.* de complicidad = knowing.* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.* de conceptos = concept-based.* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.* de confirmación = confirmatory.* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.* de conífera = coniferous.* de construcción básica = brick and frame.* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.* de consulta fácil = scannable.* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.* de consumo = consumptive.* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.* de contrabando = bootleg.* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.* de Corea = Korean.* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.* de corral = free-range.* de corta duración = short term [short-term].* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.* de coste cero = zero-cost.* de costumbre = usual, usually.* de creación = authorial.* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.* de Crimea = Crimean.* de cristal = glass.* de crucial importancia = crucially important.* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].* de cualquier modo = however, either way.* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.* de Cuba = Cuban.* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.* de densidad doble = double-density.* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.* de derechas = right-wing.* de derecho = de jure [iure].* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.* de desarrollo = developmental.* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.* de desconexión = cut-off.* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.* de desecho = discarded.* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].* de desguace = written-off.* de despedida = valedictory.* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.* de día a día = from day to day.* de diámetro = in diameter.* de diario = everyday.* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.* de diesel = diesel-powered.* de diferente modo = differently.* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].* de difícil solución = intractable.* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.* de dirección = directorial, administrative.* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.* de doble filo = double-edged.* de doble hoja = double-hinged.* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.* de doble uso = dual-use.* de dolor = in pain.* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].* de dos en dos = two at a time.* de dos letras = two-letter.* de dos niveles = two-tier.* de dos páginas = two-page.* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].* de dos patas = two-legged.* de dos piernas = two-legged.* de dos pies = two-legged.* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.* de dos tonos = bitonal.* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.* de duelo = in mourning.* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.* de edad = elderly.* de edad avanzada = over the hill.* de edad escolar = school-age.* de edad mediana = middle-aged.* de edad universitaria = college-age.* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.* de ello = thereof, therefrom.* de ellos = theirs.* de embalsamar = embalming.* de emisor a receptor = downstream.* de encaje = lacy.* de enmienda = amendatory.* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.* de entonces = of the day.* de entreguerras = interwar.* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.* de entretenimiento = recreational.* de envergadura = heavy lifting.* de época = vintage.* de epopeya = epic.* de esa época = of the period.* de escándalo = outrageous.* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.* de eso = thereof.* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.* de especial importancia = of particular note.* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.* de Estonia = Estonian.* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.* de evaluación = evaluative.* de éxito = successful.* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].* de expansión = expanded.* de explotación = exploitative.* de extensión = in length.* de extensión normal = standard-length.* de extremada urgencia = serious.* de fabricación casera = homemade.* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.* de fácil manejo = liftable.* de facto = de facto.* de fama = of note.* de fama internacional = of international renown.* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.* de felpa = plush.* de fiar = legit.* de fichas = card-based.* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.* de final de año = end-year.* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.* de fin de año = end of the year.* de fin de milenio = millennial.* de forma = in form.* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.* de forma alternativa = alternatively.* de forma anónima = anonymously.* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.* de forma apreciable = markedly.* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.* de forma audible = audibly.* de forma autónoma = autonomously.* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.* de formación = formative.* de forma clara = clearly.* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.* de forma colegiada = collegially.* de forma combinada = in combination.* de forma competitiva = competitively.* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.* de forma completa = in full.* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.* de forma concisa = concisely.* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.* de forma considerable = considerably.* de forma continuada = continuously.* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.* de forma deductiva = deductively.* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.* de forma diferente = differently shaped.* de forma digital = digitally.* de forma divertida = funnily.* de forma económica = cost-effectively.* de forma errática = erratically.* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.* de forma especulativa = speculatively.* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.* de forma federal = federally.* de forma general = widely, bulk.* de forma global = holistically.* de forma graciosa = funnily.* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].* de forma heurística = heuristically.* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.* de forma innata = innately.* de forma irregular = erratically.* de forma lamentable = miserably.* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.* de forma mágica = magically.* de forma mecánica = mechanically.* de forma mordaz = pungently.* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.* de forma negativa = in a negative light.* de forma neutral = neutrally.* de forma notoria = markedly.* de forma opcional = optionally.* de forma óptima = optimally.* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.* de forma poco ética = unethically.* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.* de forma práctica = pragmatically.* de forma precisa = precisely.* de forma provocativa = provocatively.* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.* de forma que = in ways that.* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.* de forma residual = residually.* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.* de forma saludable = healthily.* de forma sana = healthily.* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.* de forma sublime = subliminally.* de forma suscinta = in brief.* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.* de forma tosca = in crude form.* de forma trágica = tragically.* de fotograma completo = full-frame.* de fotograma doble = half-frame.* de frente = head-on, frontal.* de fuera = outside, off-side.* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.* de fuerza = forceful.* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.* de gala = gala.* de Galileo = Galilean.* de Gambia = Gambian.* de gas = gas-powered.* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.* de geofísica = geophysical.* de gestión = managerial, back-office.* de gestión del museo = curatorial.* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.* de grado básico = junior grade.* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de gran belleza = scenic.* de gran calibre = high-calibre.* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.* de gran corazón = big-hearted.* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].* de gran influencia = seminal.* de granja = free-range.* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.* de gran lujo = top-class.* de gran potencia = high-powered.* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.* de gran talento = talented.* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.* de gran venta = high selling.* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.* de guasa = teasingly.* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.* de habla alemana = German-speaking.* de habla francesa = French-speaking.* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.* de hace años = of years ago.* de hace muchos años = long-standing.* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.* de hace siglos = of yore.* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.* de hierbas = herbal.* de hierro = iron, ferric.* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.* de hoja caduca = deciduous.* de hoja perenne = evergreen.* de hojas largas = long-leaved.* de Homero = Homeric.* de hongos = fungal.* de horticultura = horticultural.* de hoy = present-day.* de hoy día = of today.* de hoy en adelante = as from today.* de hoy en día = of today.* de huelga = striking.* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.* de ideas afines = like-minded.* de igual a igual = as a peer.* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.* de igual longitud = of equal length.* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.* de imitación = copycat.* de importancia = of note, of consequence.* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.* de importancia crucial = crucially important.* de importancia fundamental = critically important.* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.* de incalculable valor = priceless.* de incógnito = incognito.* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].* de inmediato = immediately.* de inspiración = inspirational.* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.* de intereses similares = of like interest.* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.* de interés humano = human interest.* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.* de investigación = exploratory.* de isótopos = isotopic.* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de Kenia = Kenyan.* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].* de la adolescencia = teenage.* de la alcaldía = mayoral.* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.* de la cara = facial.* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.* de la cóclea = cochlear.* de la columna vertebral = spinal.* de la comedia = comedic.* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.* de la cría de aves = avicultural.* de la duramadre = dural.* de la edad media = dark-age.* de la embajada = ambassadorial.* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.* de la época victoriana = Victorian.* de la espina dorsal = spinal.* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.* de la forma más fácil = the easy way.* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.* de la fóvea = foveal.* de la gama alta = high-end.* de la gama baja = low-end.* de la gama inferior = low-end.* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].* de la malaria = malarial.* de la mama = mammary.* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.* de la marina = marine.* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili* * *de1A(en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión): la casa de mi hermano/de mis padres/de la actriz my brother's/my parents'/the actress's houseel rey de Francia the king of Franceel cumpleaños de Luis Luis's birthdayel cumpleaños de la esposa de un compañero a colleague's wife's birthday, the birthday of the wife of one of my colleaguesno es de él/de ella/de ellos it isn't his/hers/theirssu padre de usted ( frml); your fatherun amigo de mi hijo a friend of my son'ses un amigo de la familia he's a friend of the family o a family friendun estudiante de quinto año a fifth-year studentel nieto de los Arteaga the Arteagas' grandsonla mesa de la cocina the kitchen tablela correa del perro the dog's leashun avión de Mexair a Mexair planela tapa de la cacerola the saucepan lidlas calles de la capital the streets of the capital, the capital's streetsla subida de los precios the rise in pricesal término de la reunión at the end of the meetingBla ciudad de Lima the city of Limael aeropuerto de Barajas Barajas airportel mes de enero the month of Januaryel imbécil de tu hermano that stupid brother of yours, your stupid brotherel bueno de Ricardo le aguanta cualquier cosa Ricardo is so good, he puts up with anything from her2(en exclamaciones): ¡pobre de él! poor him!¡triste de quien no conozca ese sentimiento! ( liter); pity the person who has never experienced that feeling! ( liter)C(con apellidos): Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena ≈ Mrs Mónica Arocenalos señores de Rucabado ( frml); Mr and Mrs Rucabadolas señoritas de Paz ( frml); the Misses Paz ( frml) [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]DA1(expresando procedencia, origen): volvía de clase/del banco I was on my way back from my class/from the bankes de Bogotá she's from Bogotá, she comes from Bogotálo saqué de la biblioteca I got it out of the librarylo recogió del suelo she picked it up off the floormis amigos de América my American friends, my friends from Americahe recibido carta de Julia I've had a letter from Juliaun hijo de su primera mujer a son by his first wifeal salir de la tienda as he left the storeDE … A …:de aquí a tu casa from here to your house2 (en el tiempo) fromun amigo de la infancia a childhood frienddata del siglo XVII it dates from the 17th centuryla literatura de ese período the literature of o from that periodlo conozco de cuando estuve en Rosales I know him from when I was in Rosalesde un día para otro from one day to the nextDE … A …:está abierto de nueve a cinco it's open from nine to five o between nine and fivede aquí a que termine tenemos para rato it'll be a while yet before he finishes, he won't be finished for a while yetB(expresando causa): murió de viejo he died of old ageverde de envidia green with envyestaba ronco de tanto gritar he was hoarse from shouting so mucheso es de comer tan poco that's what comes from o of eating so littleA(introduciendo cualidades, características): es de una paciencia increíble he is incredibly patient, he is a man of incredible patienceun chiste de muy mal gusto a joke in very bad tasteobjetos de mucho valor objects of great valueun pez de agua dulce a freshwater fish¿de qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?tiene cara de aburrido he looks boredese gesto es muy de su madre that gesture is very reminiscent of his mothertienes cosas de niño malcriado sometimes you act like a spoiled childuna botella de un litro a liter bottleun niño de tres meses a three-month-old childdéme de las de 200 pesos el kilo give me some of those o some of the ones at 200 pesos a kilola chica del abrigo rojo the girl with o in the red coatla señora de azul the lady in blueun hombre de pelo largo a man with long hairun anciano de bastón an old man with a stick [de is part of many compounds like cinturón de seguridad, hombre de negocios, válvula de escape, etc ]B(al especificar material, contenido, composición): una mesa de caoba a mahogany tableuna inyección de morfina an injection of morphine, a morphine injectionel complemento ideal de todo plato de pescado the ideal complement to any fish dishson de plástico they're (made of) plasticun curso de secretariado a secretarial coursenos sirvió una copa de champán she gave us a glass of champagneuna colección de sellos a stamp collection, a collection of stampsun millón de dólares a million dollarsC(con sentido ponderativo): ¡lo encontré de viejo …! he seemed so old!¡qué de coches! ( fam); what a lot of cars!D(al definir, especificar): tuvo la suerte de conseguirlo she was lucky enough to get itaprieta el botón de abajo press the bottom buttonE1(con cifras): el número de estudiantes es de 480 the number of students is 480, there are 480 studentspagan un interés del 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%cuesta más de £100 it costs more than o over £100pesa menos de un kilo it weighs less than o under a kiloun número mayor/menor de 29 a number over/under 293(en expresiones de modo): lo tumbó de un golpe he knocked him down with one blowsubió los escalones de dos en dos he went up the stairs two at a timede a poco (CS); little by little, gradually4(CS): de a cuatro/ocho/diez: colócalos de a dos/cuatro put them in twos/foursentraron de a uno they went in one by one o one at a time [de is part of many expressions entered under frente2 m A 2. (↑ frente (2)), improviso, prisa etc]F (en calidad de) asestá de profesor en una academia he's working as a teacher in a private schoolle ofrecieron un puesto de redactor they offered him a job as an editorhace de enanito en la obra he plays (the part of) a dwarf in the playle habló de hombre a hombre he talked to him man to manG1(limitando lo expresado a determinado aspecto): es muy bonita de cara she has a pretty facees corto de talle/ancho de hombros he's short-waisted/broad-shoulderedes sorda de un oído she's deaf in one ear¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? how are we doing for time?tiene dos metros de ancho it's two meters wide2(refiriéndose a una etapa de la vida): de niño as a child, when he was a childH(en expresiones de estado, actividad): estaba de mal humor she was in a bad moodestamos de limpieza general we're spring-cleaning [de is part of many expressions entered under juerga, picnic, obra etc]I(indicando uso, destino, finalidad): el cepillo de la ropa the clothes brushel trapo de limpiar la plata the cloth for cleaning the silverlo sirvió en copas de champán he served it in champagne glassesdales algo de comer give them something to eat¿qué hay de postre? what's for dessert? [de is part of many compounds like cuchara de servir, máquina de coser, saco de dormir, etc]una novela de Goytisolo a novel by Goytisolo, a Goytisolo novelseguidos del resto de la familia followed by the rest of the familyuna casa rodeada de árboles a house surrounded by treesviene acompañado de arroz it is served with riceacompañado de su señora esposa ( frml); accompanied by his wifeA1 (sentido partitivo) of¿quién de ustedes fue? which (one) of you was it?se llevó uno de los míos she took one of mineel mayor de los Rodríguez the eldest of the Rodríguez childrenun cigarrillo de ésos que apestan one of those cigarettes that stink2(con un superlativo): eligió el más caro de todos she chose the most expensive one of allla ciudad más grande del mundo the biggest city in the worldB(refiriéndose a una parte del día): a las once de la mañana/de la noche at eleven in the morning/at nightduerme de día y trabaja de noche she sleeps during the day and works at nightsalieron de madrugada they left very early in the morningA DE + INF:de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known, I would have come earlier o had I known, I would have come earlierde no ser así no será considerada otherwise it will not be consideredde continuar este estado de cosas if this state of affairs persistsB SER DE + INF(expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad): es de esperar que … it is to be hoped that …, one hopes that …no son de fiar they are not to be trustedes de destacar la actuación de Marta Valverde Marta Valverde's performance is worthy of noteCde2* * *
Del verbo dar: ( conjugate dar)
dé es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
dar
de
dé
dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
2
‹información/idea› to give
3
4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;
dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que déle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to himb) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;
1
‹ dividendos› to pay;
b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;
venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);
¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dé algo/a algn por algo:
ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dé para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
dé de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
( como castigo) to smack sb;
el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
2 (accionar, mover) déle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) déle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …
5 [sol/luz]:
la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;
dárselas de listo to act smartb) (golpearse, pegarse):
se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dé un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) dése por algo:
ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
de 1 preposición
1a) (pertenencia, posesión):
el rey dé Francia the king of France;
no es dé él it isn't his;
es un amigo dé mi hijo he's a friend of my son's;
un estudiante dé quinto año a fifth-year student;
la tapa dé la cacerola the saucepan lid;
un avión dé Mexair a Mexair plane
el aeropuerto dé Barajas Barajas airport;
el mes dé enero the month of January
2
◊ es dé Bogotá she's/she comes from Bogotá;
una carta dé Julia a letter from Julia;
un amigo dé la infancia a childhood friend;
la literatura dé ese período the literature of o from that period;
dé aquí a tu casa from here to your houseb) (material, contenido, composición):
una mesa dé caoba a mahogany table;
un vaso dé agua a glass of water;
un millón dé dólares a million dollarsc) (causa, modo):
dé tanto gritar from shouting so much;
verde dé envidia green with envy;
temblando dé miedo trembling with fear;
dé memoria by heart;
lo tumbó dé un golpe he knocked him down with one blow
rodeada dé árboles surrounded by trees
3a) (cualidades, características):
objetos dé mucho valor objects of great value;
¿dé qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?;
tiene cara dé aburrido he looks bored;
una botella dé un litro a liter bottle;
la chica dé azul the girl in blueb) (al definir, especificar):
tiene dos metros dé ancho it's two meters wide;
es fácil de pronunciar it's easy to pronounce;
uno dé los míos one of mine;
el mayor dé los Soto the eldest of the Soto children
4a) ( con cifras):◊ pagan un interés dél 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
◊ más dé £100 more than o over £100;
pesa menos dé un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo;
un número mayor/menor dé 29 a number over/under 29c) ( con un superlativo):
la ciudad más grande dél mundo the biggest city in the world
◊ dé día/noche during the day/at night;
dé madrugada early in the morning
5
hace dé rey en la obra he plays (the part of) a king in the playb) (en expresiones de estado, actividad):
estamos dé fiesta we're having a partyc) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad):
copas dé vino wine glasses;
ropa dé cama bed clothes;
dales algo dé comer give them something to eat;
¿qué hay dé postre? what's for dessert?
6 ( con sentido condicional):
dé no ser así otherwise
de 2 sustantivo femenino: name of the letter d
dé see◊ dar
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
de preposición
1 (pertenencia, posesión) of
la dirección de mis padres, my parents' address
el teclado de este ordenador, this computer's keyboard
la primera página del libro, the first page of the book
2 (material) of: está hecho de madera, it's made of wood
una pajarita de papel, a paper bird
(contenido) un vaso de vino, a glass of wine
3 (asunto) about, on: sabe mucho de economía, she knows a lot about economics
un curso de inglés, an English course
un libro de arte, a book on art
4 (oficio) as: está/trabaja de enfermera, she is working as a nurse
5 (cualidad) una persona de carácter, a person with character
una rubia de pelo largo, a blonde with long hair
6 (procedencia) from: es de Bilbao, he is o comes from Bilbao
de Madrid a Cáceres, from Madrid to Cáceres
7 (parte) un poco de leche, a little milk
un trozo de carne, a piece of meat
8 (causa) with, because of
llorar de alegría, to cry with joy
morir de hambre, to die of hunger
9 (modo) lo bebió de un trago, she downed it in one
un gesto de satisfacción, an expression of satisfaction
10 (localización) el señor de la camisa azul, the man in the blue shirt
la casa de la esquina, the house on the corner
11 (tiempo) a las cinco de la mañana, at five in the morning
de año en año, year in year out
de día, by day
de noche, at night
de miércoles a viernes, from Wednesday to Friday
de pequeño, as a child
12 (finalidad) jornada de reflexión, eve of polling day
libro de consulta, reference book
máquina de escribir, typewriter
13 (instrumento) derribó la puerta de una patada, he kicked the door down
lo mataron de una puñalada, he was stabbed to death
14 (comparación) el discurso fue más largo de lo esperado, the speech was longer than expected
(con superlativo) in
el coche más caro del mundo, the most expensive car in the world
15 (precio) for
un pantalón de dos mil pesetas, a pair of trousers costing two thousand pesetas 16 una avenida de quince kilómetros, an avenue fifteen kilometres long
una botella de litro, a litre bottle
17 (condicional) de haberlo sabido no le hubiera invitado, if I had known I wouldn't have invited him
de no ser así, if that wasn't o weren't the case
de ser cierto, if it was o were true
18 (reiteración) de puerta en puerta, from door to door
de tres en tres, in threes o three at a time
'dé' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- a. C.
- a.m.
- abajo
- abanderada
- abanderado
- abandonar
- abandonarse
- abandono
- abanico
- abarrotar
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abarrotería
- abastecer
- abastecerse
- abastecimiento
- abasto
- abatir
- abatimiento
- abatirse
- abdicar
- abertura
- abierta
- abierto
- abismo
- ablandar
- abogar
- abogacía
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abominable
- abono
- abortar
- abrir
- abridor
- abrigo
- abrupta
- abrupto
- absoluta
- absolutamente
- absoluto
- abstenerse
- abstención
- abstinencia
- abstraerse
- abuelo
- abuhardillada
- abuhardillado
English:
A
- A-level
- a.m.
- AA
- abandon
- ABC
- ability
- ablaze
- aboard
- about
- about-face
- about-turn
- above
- abreast
- abroad
- abrupt
- absence
- absent
- absolve
- absorb
- abstain
- abstract
- abundance
- abuse
- AC
- accepted
- access road
- accident
- accidental
- acclaim
- accommodate
- accommodation
- accomplished
- accomplishment
- accordance
- account
- account for
- accountable
- accumulation
- accuracy
- accurate
- accurately
- accuse
- accused
- accusingly
- accustom
- ache
- Achilles heel
- aching
- acid test
* * *1. [posesión, pertenencia] of;el automóvil de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car;es de ella it's hers;la maleta es de Eva the suitcase is Eva's o belongs to Eva;el padre de la niña the girl's father;el director de la empresa the manager of the company, the company's manager;la boda o [m5] el casamiento de un amigo de mi hermano the wedding of a friend of my brother's, a friend of my brother's wedding;un equipo de segunda división a second division team;la comida del gato the cat's food;el título de la novela the novel's title, the title of the novel;la pata de la mesa the table leg;una subida de precios a price rise;los señores de Navarro Mr and Mrs Navarro2. [procedencia, distancia] from;salir de casa to leave home;soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao;no soy de aquí I'm not from round here;de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 metres from the beach to the apartment;estamos a 10 kilómetros de Buenos Aires we're 10 kilometres away from Buenos Aires;el rey de España the king of Spain;tuvo dos hijos de su primera esposa he had two children by his first wife;b de Barcelona [deletreando] b for Barcelona3. [en razonamiento]de su sonrisa se deduce que todo ha ido bien you can tell from o by her smile that it all went well;del resultado del experimento concluyo que la fórmula no funciona I infer from the result of the experiment that the formula doesn't workel túnel del Canal the Channel Tunnel;el signo de tauro the sign of Taurus;el puerto de Cartagena the port of Cartagenala señora de verde the lady in green;el chico de la coleta the boy with the ponytail;una actriz de veinte años a twenty-year-old actress;¿de qué tamaño? what size?;un político de fiar a trustworthy politician6. [materia] (made) of;un vaso de plástico a plastic cup;un reloj de oro a gold watch;una mesa de madera a wooden tableun plato de lentejas a plate of lentils8. [precio]he comprado las peras de 80 céntimos el kilo I bought the pears that were 80 cents a kilo;un sello de 50 céntimos a 50-cent stampropa de deporte sportswear;una máquina de escribir a typewriter;una máquina de coser a sewing machine;esta sartén es la del pescado y ésta la de las tortillas this frying pan's for fish and this one's for omelettes10. [asunto] about;hablábamos de ti we were talking about you;libros de historia history books11. [en calidad de] as;trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman;aparece de cosaco he appears as a Cossack, he plays a Cossack;estás muy guapa de uniforme you look very pretty in uniform;al desfile de carnaval iré de Napoleón I'll go as Napoleon in the carnival parade12. [tiempo] [desde] from;[durante] in;trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five;vivió en Bolivia de 1975 a 1983 she lived in Bolivia between 1975 and 1983, she lived in Bolivia from 1975 to 1983;de madrugada early in the morning;a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon;trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day;es de día it's daytime;de niño solía jugar en la calle as a child I used to play in the street;¿qué quieres ser de mayor? what do you want to be when you grow up?;un compañero del colegio a friend from school;Urugde mañana/tarde in the morning/afternoon;Urugde noche at night;Urugayer salimos de noche we went out last night13. [causa] with;morirse de hambre to die of hunger;llorar de alegría to cry with joy;temblar de miedo to tremble with fear;eso es de fumar tanto that's what comes from smoking so much14. [manera, modo] with;de una patada with a kick;rompió el cristal de una pedrada he shattered the window with a stone;de una sola vez in one go;lo bebió de un trago he drank it down in one go;CSurde fácil manejo user-friendly;ponerse de rodillas to kneel down15. [con valor partitivo] of;uno de los nuestros one of ours;varios de nosotros several of us;¿quién de vosotros sabe la respuesta? which of you knows the answer?17. [en valoración]lo tacharon de vulgar they branded him as vulgar, they accused him of being vulgaryo de Eduardo le pediría perdón if I were Eduardo, I'd say sorry to her19. [en comparaciones][con superlativos]más/menos de… more/less than…;el mejor de todos the best of all;el más importante del mundo the most important in the world;la peor película del año the worst film this year o of the year;la impresora más moderna del mercado the most up-to-date printer on the market20. (antes de infinitivo) [condición] if;de querer ayudarme, lo haría if she wanted to help me, she'd do it;de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it;de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday21. (después de adjetivo y antes de sustantivo) [enfatiza cualidad]el idiota de tu hermano your stupid brother;la buena de Susana good old Susana;¡pobre de mí! poor me!22. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo)es difícil de creer it's hard to believe;una velada imposible de olvidar an unforgettable eveninghas de gastar menos you should spend less24. (antes de complemento agente)una película de Buñuel a film by Buñuel, a Buñuel film;vino acompañado de su familia he was accompanied by his family25. (antes de adverbio de lugar)la fila de delante the front row♦ de no loc conjAm otherwise;dime la verdad, de no te castigaré tell me the truth, otherwise I'm going to punish you* * *deprp1 origen from;de Nueva York from New York;de … a from … to2 posesión of;el coche de mi amigo my friend’s car3 material (made) of;un anillo de oro a gold ring4 contenido of;un vaso de agua a glass of water5 cualidad:una mujer de 20 años a 20 year old woman6 causa with;temblaba de miedo she was shaking with fear7 hora:de noche at night, by night;de día by daytrabajar de albañil work as a bricklayer;de niño as a child9 agente by;de Goya by Goya10 condición if;de haberlo sabido if I’d known11 en aposición:la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima* * *de prep1) : ofla casa de Pepe: Pepe's houseun niño de tres años: a three-year-old boy2) : fromes de Managua: she's from Managuasalió del edificio: he left the building3) : in, ata las tres de la mañana: at three in the morningsalen de noche: they go out at night4) : thanmás de tres: more than threedé dar* * *de prep1. (posesión de alguien) 's2. (posesión de algo) of3. (materia)4. (contenido) of5. (materia, tema)6. (origen, procedencia) from7. (descripción) with / in8. (agente) by10. (con números, una parte) than / of -
96 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
97 लॄ _lॄ
लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.-4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.-5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.-6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.-7 Peerless, matchless.-8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.-9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.-1 True.-11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.-कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.(-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.-2 unity, a unit; Hch.-का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].-Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.-अक्ष a.1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.-2 having one eye.-3 having an excellent eye.(-क्षः) 1 a crow.-2 N. of Śiva.-अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.(-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.-2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.-3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.-4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.-अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire.-अग्र a.1 fixed on one object or point only.-2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.-3 unperplexed.-4 known, cele- brated.-5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.-अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.-अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.-2 the planet Mercury or Mars.-3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.-4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.(-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.-2 sandal wood.-3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.-अञ्जलिः A handful.-अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.-अण्डः a kind of horse.-अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.-अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).-अनुदिष्ट a.1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.-अन्त a.1 solitary, retired.-2 aside, apart.-3 directed towards one point or object only.-4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.-5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.-6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.(-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.-2 exclusiveness.-3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.-4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.-2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.-3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.-अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever.-अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.-अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.-अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.-अन्नम् one and the same food.(-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.-2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.-अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.-अब्दा a heifer one year old.- अयन a.1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.-2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.(-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.-2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.-3 union of thoughts.-4 monotheism.-5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.-6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.-7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.-अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.-अर्थ a.1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.-2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.(-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.-2 the same meaning.-3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.- अवम a. inferior or less by one.- अवयव a. made up of the same components.-अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.-अशीतिः f. eighty-one.-अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.-2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).-अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).-अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).-अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.-2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.-आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.-आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.-आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.-आयु a.1 providing the most excellent food.-2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.-आवलिः, -ली f.1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.-2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.-आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.-उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.-उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.-उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.-उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).-उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.-उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.-ऊन a. less by one, minus one.-ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.-एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.(-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.-श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.-˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.-ओघः 1 a continuous current.-2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.-कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.-कर a. (-री f.)1 doing only one thing.-2 (-रा) one-handed.-3 one-rayed.-कार्य a.1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.-2 answering the same end.-3 having the same occu- pation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business.-कालः 1 one time.-2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.-कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.-कालीन a.1 happening once only;-2 Contemporary, coeval.-कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.-कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.-क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).-गम्यः the supreme spirit.-गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).-ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village.-ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.-चक्र a.1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.-2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.-चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.-चर a.1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.-2 having one attendant.-3 living un- assisted.-4 going together or at the same time.-5 gregarious.-6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.(-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.-2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.- चरण a. having only one foot.-चारिन् a.1 living alone, solitary.-2 going alone or with one follower only.-3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife.-चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.(-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.-2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.-चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.-चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.-चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.-चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number.-च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.-च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.-ज a.1 born alone or single.-2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.-3 alone of its kind.-4 uniform, unchanging.-जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.-जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.-जन्मन् m.1 a king.-2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.-जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.-जाति a.1 once born.-2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.-जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.-जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.-ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.-ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.-तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.(-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.-2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः-ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.-तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).-लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.-तीर्थिन् a.1 bathing in the same holy water.-2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.-तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).-त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.-त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.-दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.-दण्डिन् m.1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.-2 N. of a Vedantic school.-दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).-दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.-दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.-दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.1 a crow.-2 N. of Śiva.-3 a philosopher.-दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.-दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.-देवः the Supreme god.-देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.-देश a. occupying the same place.(-शः) 1 one spot or place.-2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.-देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.-देह, -देहिन् a.1 having only one body.-2 elegantly formed.(-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.-2 (du.) Husband and wife.-धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.(-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.-2 honorific offering.-धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,-धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.-2 professing the same religion.-धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.1 fit for but one kind of labour.-2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).-धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.-नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.-नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.-नयनः The planet Venus.-नवतः ninety-first.-नवतिः f. ninety-one.-नाथ a. having one master.(-थः) 1 sole master or lord.-2 N. of an author.-नायकः N. of Śiva.-निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.-निपातः A particle which is a single word.-निष्ठ a.1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).-2 intently fixed on one object.-नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).-2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.-पक्ष a.1 of the same side or party, an associate.-2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.-पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.-पतिक a. having the same husband.-पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.-2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.-3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.-पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)-पद्, -पाद् a.1 one-footed, limping, lame.-2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66-पद a.1 one-footed.-2 consisting of or named in one word.(-दम्) 1 a single step.-2 single or simple word.-3 the time required to pronounce a single word.-4 present time, same time;(-दः) 1 a man having one foot.-2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.(-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.-2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.-3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.-पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.-परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.-पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.-2 N. of Durgā.-3 a plant having one leaf only.-पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.-पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.-पाणः a single wager.-पात a. happening at once, sudden.-तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).-पतिन् a.1 sudden.-2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.-पाद a.1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.-2 using only one foot.(-दः) 1 one or single foot.-2 one and the same Pāda.-3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.-पादिका a kind of posture of birds.-पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.-पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.-पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.-पुत्र a. having only one son.-पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;-2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.-पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.-प्रकार a. of the same kind.-प्रख्य a. singularly like.-प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.-प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).-प्रस्थः a measure.-प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.-प्राणयोगः union in one breath.-बुद्धि a. having only one thought.-भक्त a.1 serving one master only.-2 worshipping one deity.-3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.-भक्ति a.1 believing in one deity.-2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.-भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only.-भाव a. of the same or one nature.-2 sincerely devoted.-3 honest, sincerely disposed.(-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.-2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्-भूत a.1 being one, undivided-2 concentrated, closely attentive.-भूमः a palace having one floor.-भोजन, -भुक्त a.1 eating but one meal.-2 eating in common.-मति a.1 fixed on one object.-2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.-मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.-2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.-मात्र a. of one syllable.-मुख a.1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.-2 having the same aim.-3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.-4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).(-खम्) 1 gambling.-2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).-मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.-मूला = अतसी q. v.-यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.-योनि a.1 uterine.-2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.-रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).-रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.-रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.-रस a.1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.-2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.-3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.-4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.(-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.-2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment.-राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.-रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.-रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.-राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.-2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.-रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.-रूप a.1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.-2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.(-पम्) 1 one form or kind;-2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.-रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.-लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.-2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.-वचनम् the singular number.-वर्ण a.1 of one colour.-2 identical, same.-3 of one tribe or caste.-4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).(-र्णः) 1 one form.-2 a Brāhmaṇa.-3 a word of one syllable.-4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.-वर्णिक a.1 of one colour.-2 of one caste.-वर्षिका a heifer one year old.-वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment.-वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.-वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.-वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.-वाचक a. Synonymous.-वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).-2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.-वारम्, -वारे ind.1 only once.-2 at once, suddenly.-3 at one time.-वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.-वासा A woman; Nigh.-विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.-विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.-कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.-विंशतिः f. twentyone.-विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.-विध a. of one kind; simple.-विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.-विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).-वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.-रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.-वृक्षः 1 one tree.-2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.-वृत f. heaven.-वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.-2 one heap or collection.-वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.-वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.-वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.-व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.-व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.-शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.-शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.-शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).-शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.-शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.-शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.-शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.-शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.-शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.-शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.-शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.-शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.(-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.-2 N. of Viṣṇu.-3 a class of Pitṛis.-4 a mountain having one top.-शेपः a tree having one root.-शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.-श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.-श्रुतिः f.1 monotony.-2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.-श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.-षष्ट a. sixty-first.-षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.-संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.-सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.-सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.-सभम् a common place of meeting.-सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration.-सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.-साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.-सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.-सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).-स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.-स्थ a.1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.-2 close-standing, standing side by side.-3 collected, combined.-स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.-2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.-हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.-हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year. -
98 vivir
v.1 to live, to live on.vivió noventa años she lived for ninety yearsalcanzar o dar para vivir to be enough to live on (sujeto: sueldo, pensión)vivir de to live on o offvivir para algo/alguien to live for something/somebodyno dejar vivir a alguien not to give somebody any peace¿quién vive? who goes there?vivir para ver who'd have thought it?Vivir la vida Enjoy life.2 to be alive (estar vivo).todavía vive he's still alive3 to live through.he vivido momentos difíciles I've gone through o had some difficult times4 to keep on, to keep all the time.Ella vive trabajando She keeps working all the time [keeps on working].He keeps working all the time [keeps on working] Él vive trabajando.5 to enjoy.Vivir la vida Enjoy life.* * *1 (tener vida) to live; (estar vivo) to be alive■ ¿vive aún? is she still alive?2 (habitar) to live3 (mantenerse) to live, live on, make a living1 (pasar por, experimentar) to live through, go through, experience1 living, life\hay que seguir viviendo life must go onir viviendo to get by, manageno dejar vivir a alguien figurado to give somebody a hard timesaber vivir to enjoy lifeviven de milagro figurado it's a wonder they're still alivevivir a cuerpo de rey figurado to live like a kingvivir a lo grande familiar to live it up, live in stylevivir de to live onvivir de ilusiones to live in a dream worldvivir de sus ahorros to live off one's savingsvivir del aire figurado to live on fresh airvivir del cuento familiar not to know what hard work is, never to have earned an honest penny¡viva el rey! long live the king!¡vivan los novios! three cheers for the bride and groom!y vivieron felices y comieron perdices and they all lived happily ever aftervivir para algo to live for something■ vive para la música he lives for music, music is his whole lifegente de mal vivir shady characters* * *verb1) to live2) be alive3) reside4) go through* * *1. VI1) (=estar vivo) to livelos elefantes viven muchos años — elephants live long lives, elephants live for many years
•
todavía vive — he's still alive2) (=pasar la vida) to livesolo vive para la música — music is her whole life, she only lives for music
desde que me subieron el sueldo no vivo tan mal — since I had a pay rise I haven't been that badly off
cuerpo 1), Dios 2)en este país se vive bien — people live well in this country, people have a good life in this country
3) (=disfrutar de la vida)•
no dejar vivir a algn, su marido no la deja vivir — her husband is always on at her *, her husband doesn't give her a moment's peace•
saber vivir — to know how to live4) (=habitar) to live¿vives sola? — do you live on your own?
•
viven juntos — (como pareja) they live together; (compartiendo casa) they live together, they share a house (together)5) (=subsistir)la fotografía no me da para vivir — I can't make o earn a living from photography, photography doesn't give me enough to live on
•
vivir de algo — to live on sth•
vivir de las rentas — (lit) to have a private incomeaire 1)publicó un libro hace años y desde entonces vive de las rentas — years ago he published a book and he's lived off it o lived on the strength of it ever since
6) (=durar) [recuerdo] to live, live on; [prenda, objeto] to lastsu recuerdo siempre vivirá en nuestra memoria — his memory will always be with us, his memory will live on in our minds
7) (Mil)¿quién vive? — who goes there?
¡viva! — hurray!
¡viva el rey! — long live the king!
¡vivan los novios! — (here's) to the bride and groom!
2. VT1) (=experimentar) [+ guerra, periodo difícil] to live through, go throughtú dedícate a vivir la vida — go ahead and live life to the full o get the most out of life
2) (=sentir) to experienceparece que estoy viviendo ese momento otra vez — it's as if I were o was experiencing that moment all over again
3.SM (=forma de vida) (way of) life•
de mal vivir, una mujer de mal vivir — a loose woman* * *Imasculino (way of) lifeII 1.de mal vivir: una mujer de mal vivir a loose woman; es gente de mal vivir — they are all undesirable characters
verbo intransitivo1) ( estar vivo) to be alive¿quién vive? — (Mil) who goes there?
2)a) ( pasar la vida)vivir para algo/alguien — to live for something/somebody
no dejar vivir a alguien: los dolores de cabeza no la dejan vivir the headaches are making her life a misery; este niño no me deja vivir this child doesn't give me a moment's peace; vivir para ver! who would believe o credit it!; vive y deja vivir — live and let live
b) ( gozar de la vida) to live3) ( subsistir)viven de la pesca — they live from o by fishing
vivir de ilusiones — to live on dreams o hopes
4) ( residir) to livevive solo — he lives alone o on his own
5) (como interj)2.vivir vta) ( pasar por)b) <personaje/música> to livec) < vida> to live* * *= live, dwell, board.Ex. This is a story about a thirteen-year-old boy who lives in New York and is so often the victim of street bullies that he hides in the subway, where he manages to make a home for himself.Ex. He will dwell in the church that is built by martyrs fighting for justice, by children starving of hunger, by mothers and fathers walking the streets of misery.Ex. When she first arrived she was boarding with friends until she found a place to rent.----* alegría de vivir = joie de vivre.* aprender a vivir con Algo = learn + to live with + Nombre.* arte de vivir, el = art of living, the.* cambiar de forma de vivir = turn + Posesivo + life around.* ciudad donde viven principalmente jubilados = retirement town.* como vivir en un escaparate = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.* continuar viviendo = live on.* convivir = coexist [co-exist].* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.* de mal vivir = disreputable.* derecho a vivir = right to live.* dicha de vivir = joie de vivre.* en un sinvivir = on tenterhooks.* estar sin vivir = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.* seguir viviendo = live on.* sólo se vive una vez = you only live once.* vive y deja vivir = live and let live.* vivir acomodadamente = live off + the fat of the land.* vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.* vivir al borde de la pobreza = live on + the poverty line.* vivir al margen de = live on + the fringes of.* vivir amancebados = live in + sin.* vivir asustado = live in + fear.* vivir atemorizado = live in + fear.* vivir cerca = live + locally.* vivir como un rey = live like + a king.* vivir con = live with.* vivir con la conciencia limpia = live with + a clear conscience.* vivir con la conciencia tranquila = live with + a clear conscience.* vivir con lo justo = live on + a shoestring (budget).* vivir con lo mínimo = live on + a shoestring (budget).* vivir con lo puesto = live on + a shoestring (budget).* vivir con miedo = live in + fear.* vivir de = live off, live on.* vivir de acuerdo con + Posesivo + ideales = live up to + Posesivo + ideals.* vivir de las rentas = live off + the fat of the land.* vivir de la tierra = live off + the land.* vivir del campo = live off + the land.* vivir del cuento = live off + the fat of the land.* vivir de nuevo = relive.* vivir de prestado = live on + borrowed time.* vivir despreocupadamente = coast along, live without + worries.* vivir en = live in.* vivir en (el) pecado = live in + sin.* vivir en el umbral de la pobreza = live on + the poverty line.* vivir en la calle = take to + the road.* vivir en la localidad = live + locally.* vivir en la miseria = live in + squalor, walk + the streets of misery, live in + penury.* vivir en la penuria = live in + penury.* vivir en la pobreza = walk + the streets of misery.* vivir en las nubes = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.* vivir en libertad = live in + freedom.* vivir en otro mundo = live in + cloud cuckoo land.* vivir en paz = live in + peace.* vivir en un mundo aparte = inhabit + a world of + Posesivo + own.* vivir feliz = live + happily.* vivir felizmente = live + happily.* vivir intensamente = live + life to the full.* vivir la vida al máximo = live + life to the full.* vivir mundo = see + life, see + the world.* vivir peligrosamente = live + dangerously, live + dangerously close to the edge.* vivir pendiendo de un hilo = live on + the line.* vivir siempre pendiente de la hora = live by + the clock.* vivir sin = live without.* vivir sin dar golpe = live off + the fat of the land.* vivir sin preocupaciones = live without + worries.* volver a vivir = relive.* * *Imasculino (way of) lifeII 1.de mal vivir: una mujer de mal vivir a loose woman; es gente de mal vivir — they are all undesirable characters
verbo intransitivo1) ( estar vivo) to be alive¿quién vive? — (Mil) who goes there?
2)a) ( pasar la vida)vivir para algo/alguien — to live for something/somebody
no dejar vivir a alguien: los dolores de cabeza no la dejan vivir the headaches are making her life a misery; este niño no me deja vivir this child doesn't give me a moment's peace; vivir para ver! who would believe o credit it!; vive y deja vivir — live and let live
b) ( gozar de la vida) to live3) ( subsistir)viven de la pesca — they live from o by fishing
vivir de ilusiones — to live on dreams o hopes
4) ( residir) to livevive solo — he lives alone o on his own
5) (como interj)2.vivir vta) ( pasar por)b) <personaje/música> to livec) < vida> to live* * *= live, dwell, board.Ex: This is a story about a thirteen-year-old boy who lives in New York and is so often the victim of street bullies that he hides in the subway, where he manages to make a home for himself.
Ex: He will dwell in the church that is built by martyrs fighting for justice, by children starving of hunger, by mothers and fathers walking the streets of misery.Ex: When she first arrived she was boarding with friends until she found a place to rent.* alegría de vivir = joie de vivre.* aprender a vivir con Algo = learn + to live with + Nombre.* arte de vivir, el = art of living, the.* cambiar de forma de vivir = turn + Posesivo + life around.* ciudad donde viven principalmente jubilados = retirement town.* como vivir en un escaparate = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.* continuar viviendo = live on.* convivir = coexist [co-exist].* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.* de mal vivir = disreputable.* derecho a vivir = right to live.* dicha de vivir = joie de vivre.* en un sinvivir = on tenterhooks.* estar sin vivir = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.* seguir viviendo = live on.* sólo se vive una vez = you only live once.* vive y deja vivir = live and let live.* vivir acomodadamente = live off + the fat of the land.* vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.* vivir al borde de la pobreza = live on + the poverty line.* vivir al margen de = live on + the fringes of.* vivir amancebados = live in + sin.* vivir asustado = live in + fear.* vivir atemorizado = live in + fear.* vivir cerca = live + locally.* vivir como un rey = live like + a king.* vivir con = live with.* vivir con la conciencia limpia = live with + a clear conscience.* vivir con la conciencia tranquila = live with + a clear conscience.* vivir con lo justo = live on + a shoestring (budget).* vivir con lo mínimo = live on + a shoestring (budget).* vivir con lo puesto = live on + a shoestring (budget).* vivir con miedo = live in + fear.* vivir de = live off, live on.* vivir de acuerdo con + Posesivo + ideales = live up to + Posesivo + ideals.* vivir de las rentas = live off + the fat of the land.* vivir de la tierra = live off + the land.* vivir del campo = live off + the land.* vivir del cuento = live off + the fat of the land.* vivir de nuevo = relive.* vivir de prestado = live on + borrowed time.* vivir despreocupadamente = coast along, live without + worries.* vivir en = live in.* vivir en (el) pecado = live in + sin.* vivir en el umbral de la pobreza = live on + the poverty line.* vivir en la calle = take to + the road.* vivir en la localidad = live + locally.* vivir en la miseria = live in + squalor, walk + the streets of misery, live in + penury.* vivir en la penuria = live in + penury.* vivir en la pobreza = walk + the streets of misery.* vivir en las nubes = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.* vivir en libertad = live in + freedom.* vivir en otro mundo = live in + cloud cuckoo land.* vivir en paz = live in + peace.* vivir en un mundo aparte = inhabit + a world of + Posesivo + own.* vivir feliz = live + happily.* vivir felizmente = live + happily.* vivir intensamente = live + life to the full.* vivir la vida al máximo = live + life to the full.* vivir mundo = see + life, see + the world.* vivir peligrosamente = live + dangerously, live + dangerously close to the edge.* vivir pendiendo de un hilo = live on + the line.* vivir siempre pendiente de la hora = live by + the clock.* vivir sin = live without.* vivir sin dar golpe = live off + the fat of the land.* vivir sin preocupaciones = live without + worries.* volver a vivir = relive.* * *life, way of lifede mal vivir: una mujer de mal vivir a loose womanse juntó con gente de mal vivir he took up with some lowlife o with some shady characters o with some undesirable characters ( colloq)viA (estar vivo) to be alive¿tu abuelo todavía vive? is your grandfather still alive?su recuerdo vivirá siempre entre nosotros his memory will live for ever among us¿quién vive? ( Mil) who goes there?B1(pasar la vida): vive ilusionada pensando que él volverá she spends her life dreaming that he'll come backsólo vive para la danza she lives for dancing, dancing is her whole lifeno me deja vivir tranquila or en paz he won't leave me alone o let me be¡vivir para ver! who would believe o credit it!vive y deja vivir live and let live2 (gozar de la vida) to live¡tú sí que sabes vivir! you certainly know how to live!siempre ha cuidado a su padre, realmente no ha vivido she has always looked after her father, she hasn't really had a life of her ownC(subsistir): la pintura no da para vivir you can't make a living from paintingviven con honradez they make an honest livingvive por encima de sus posibilidades she is living beyond her meanscon ese sueldo no le llega para vivir that salary isn't enough (for him) to live on, he can't make ends meet on that salaryvivir DE algo to live ON sthno sé de qué viven I don't know what they live onvive de las rentas he lives on the income from his property ( o shares etc), he has a private income ( dated)viven de la caridad they live on charityviven de la pesca they live from o by fishing, they make their living from o by fishingno puedes seguir viviendo de ilusiones you can't go on living a dreamD (residir) to liveviven en el campo they live in the countryhace tres años que vive en Rancagua she's lived in Rancagua for three years, she's been living in Rancagua for three yearsvive solo he lives alone o on his ownE ( como interj):¡viva el Rey! long live the King!¡vivan los novios! three cheers for the bride and groom!mañana no habrá clase — ¡viva! there will be no lessons tomorrow — hurray!■ vivirvt1(pasar por): vivimos momentos difíciles we're living in difficult times, these are difficult times we're living inlos que vivimos la guerra those of us who lived through the warel país ha vivido otra semana de violentos enfrentamientos the country has seen o experienced another week of violent clashes2 ‹papel/música› to live3 ‹vida› to live* * *
vivir ( conjugate vivir) verbo intransitivo
1 ( en general) to live;◊ vive solo he lives alone o on his own;
vivir para algo/algn to live for sth/sb;
vivir en paz to live in peace;
la pintura no da para vivir you can't make a living from painting;
el sueldo no le alcanza para vivir his salary isn't enough (for him) to live on;
vivir de algo ‹ de la caridad› to live on sth;
‹del arte/de la pesca› to make a living from sth;
ver tb◊ renta
2 ( estar vivo) to be alive
3 ( como interj):◊ ¡viva el Rey! long live the King!;
¡vivan los novios! three cheers for the bride and groom!;
¡viva! hurray!
verbo transitivoa) ( pasar por):
los que vivimos la guerra those of us who lived through the war
vivir
I verbo intransitivo
1 (tener vida) to live: vivió ochenta años, she lived to be eighty
¡aún vive!, he's still alive!
2 (estar residiendo) to live: viven en Australia, they live in Australia
3 (en la memoria) su recuerdo aún vive en nosotros, our memories of him still live on
4 (subsistir) no es suficiente para vivir, it's not enough to live on
esa gente vive de la caza, those people live from o by hunting
5 (convivir) viven juntos desde hace muchos años, they've been living together for years
II vtr (pasar una experiencia) to live through
III sustantivo masculino
1 life, living
2 (una persona) de mal vivir, loose, disreputable
♦ Locuciones: dejar vivir a alguien, (no molestar) vive y deja vivir, live and let live; familiar no vivir alguien, (preocupación, angustia) desde que tiene esa grave enfermedad, sus padres no viven, his parents have been in a state of anxiety since he's had this serious illness; familiar vivir la vida alguien, (libertad, ociosidad) ha acabado la carrera y ahora se dedica a vivir la vida, now he's finished his university studies he's going to enjoy life
' vivir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bien
- compensar
- cuento
- esencial
- hacer
- invitar
- lema
- momento
- ni
- obligar
- pachá
- pareja
- parejo
- poblar
- renta
- salto
- sopa
- vida
- barato
- caridad
- desahogo
- holgura
- incómodo
- junto
- justo
- mujer
- paz
- plenitud
- sí
- siempre
English:
board
- bread line
- day
- drawback
- dread
- freewheel
- hang out
- inexpensively
- land
- leave behind
- live
- live in
- live off
- live through
- outskirts
- previous
- pros and cons
- reside
- rough
- scrounge
- shack up
- simply
- sponge off
- sponge on
- stay
- stick
- style
- beyond
- boom
- bread
- downtown
- dwell
- fringe
- inhabit
- living
- lodging
- man
- move
- other
- sleep
- subsistence
- survive
- will
* * *♦ vi1. [tener vida, existir] to live;vivió noventa años she lived for ninety years;vivir para algo/alguien to live for sth/sb;sólo vive para trabajar/para su hija she only lives for her work/for her daughter;¡esto no es vivir! this is no way to live!, this is no sort of a life!;no dejar vivir a alguien not to give sb any peace;su recuerdo vivirá eternamente his memory will live forever;vivir bien [en armonía] to be happy;¿quién vive? who goes there?;vivir para ver who'd have thought it?2. [estar vivo] to be alive;todavía vive she's still alive or living;su padre ya no vive her father is no longer alive3. [residir] to live;¿dónde vives? where do you live?;vivo con mis padres I live with my parents;en el tercero no vive nadie the third floor is unoccupied;vivir solo to live alone o on one's own;viven en pareja they live together4. [subsistir]vivir bien [económicamente] to live well;con lo que saco de las clases no me alcanza para vivir what I earn from teaching isn't enough for me to live on o isn't enough to make ends meet;¿da para vivir esto de la pintura? can you make a living from painting?;vivir de to live on;viven de un solo sueldo/de lo que les da el Estado they live off a single income/off the state;viven de la agricultura they make their living from farming♦ vt1. [experimentar] to experience, to live through;vivió la guerra he lived through the war;he vivido momentos difíciles I've gone through o had some difficult times;se vivieron momentos de tensión en las gradas there were some moments of tension on the terraces2. [sentir] to live;cuando se pone a bailar se nota que lo vive you can tell she really lives it when she's dancing♦ nmes un amante del buen vivir he enjoys the good life* * *I v/t live through, experienceII v/i live;vivir de algo live on sth;no tienen con qué vivir they don’t have enough to live on;vivir al día live from day to day;irse a vivir a go to live in;no dejar vivir a alguien fig not let s.o. breathe;¡vivir para ver! who would have believed it!;¿quién vive? who goes there?;¡viva la república! - ¡viva! long live the republic! - hurrah!III m way of life* * *vivir vi1) : to live, to be alive2) subsistir: to subsist, to make a living3) residir: to reside4) : to spend one's lifevive para trabajar: she lives to work5)vivir de : to live onvivir vt1) : to livevivir su vida: to live one's life2) experimentar: to go through, to experiencevivir nm1) : life, lifestyle2)de mal vivir : disreputable* * *vivir vb1. (residir) to live¿dónde vives? where do you live?2. (tener vida) to be alive3. (mantenerse) to live¡vivan los novios! three cheers for the bride and groom! -
99 FYRIR
* * *prep.I. with dat.1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);fyrir dyrum, before the door;2) before one, in one’s presence;hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;3) for;hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;4) before one, in one’s way;fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;5) naut. term. before, off;liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;6) before, at the head of, over;vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;7) of time, ago;fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;fyrir stundu, a while ago;fyrir löngu, long ago;vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);8) before, above, superior to;Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;11) because of, for;hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;fyrir hræðslu, for fear;illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;fyrir því at, because, since, as;12) against;gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;13) fyrir sér, of oneself;mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;14) denoting manner or quality, with;hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;II. with acc.1) before, in front of;halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;2) before, into the presence of;stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;3) over;hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;5) round, off;sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;6) along, all along;fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;8) for, on behalf of;vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;9) for, for the benefit of;þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);10) for, instead of, in place of, as;11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;12) denoting value, price;fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;fyrir handan á, beyond the river;fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;III. as adverb or ellipt.1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;2) first;mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;3) at hand, present, to the fore;föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).* * *prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.C. METAPH.:I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.X. as adverb or ellipt.,1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.C. METAPH.:I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence. -
100 राजन् _rājan
राजन् m. [राज्-कनिन् रञ्जयति रञ्ज्-कनिन् नि ˚ वा Uṇ.1.145] A king, ruler, prince, chief (changed to राजः at the end of Tat. comp.); वङ्गराजः, महाराजः &c.; तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्जनात् R.4.12; पित्रा न रञ्जितास्तस्य प्रजास्तेनानु- रञ्जिताः । अनुरागात्ततस्तस्य नाम राजेत्यभाषत ॥ V. P.-2 A man of the military casts; a Kṣatriya; Śi 14.14.-3 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira.-4 N. of Indra.-5 The moon; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैःसह Bv.1.126.-6 Lord, master.-7 N. of Pṛithu.-8 A Yakṣa; तं राजराजानु- चरो$स्य साक्षात् Ki.3.3.-9 The Soma plant; ऐन्द्रश्च विधिवद्दत्तो राजा चाभिषुतो$नघः Rām.1.14.6; Bṛi. Up.1.3. 24.-Comp. -अग्निः wrath of a king.-अङ्गनम् a royal court, the court-yard of a palace.-अदनः 1 the Piyāla tree.-2 The seed of the tree Chirongia Sapida; राजादनं कन्दरालम् Śiva B.3.15.-अधिकारिन्, -अधिकृतः 1 a government officer or official.-2 a judge.-अधिराजः, -इन्द्रः a king of kings, a supreme king, paramount sovereign, an emperor.-अधिष्ठानम् the capital of a king, metropolis.-अध्वन् m. a principal or royal road, main street, highway.-अनकः 1 an inferior king, a petty prince.-2 a title of respect for- merly given to distinguished scholars and poets.-अन्नम् 1 rice grown in Āndhra.-2 food obtain- ed from a king; राजान्नं तेज आदत्ते Ms.4.218.-अपसदः an unworthy or degraded king.-अभिषेकः coronation of a king.-अम्लः a kind of vegetable plant; Rumex Vesicarius (Mar. चुका).-अर्कः Calotropis Gigantea (मन्दार; Mar. रुई).-अर्हम् 1 aloewood, a spe- cies of sandal.-2 a kind of rice (राजान्न).-अर्हणम् a royal gift of honour.-अहिः a large snake (having two mouths).-आज्ञा a king's edict, an ordinance, a royal decree.-आभरणम् a king's ornament.-आम्रः a superior kind of mango.-आवर्तः a diamond of an in- ferior quality.-2 a diamond from Virāṭa country.-आवलिः, -ली a royal dynasty or genealogy.-आसनम् a throne.-आसन्दी Ved. a stand on which the Soma is placed.-इन्दुः an excellent king; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुरिन्दुः क्षीरनिधाविव R.1.12.-इष्टः a kind of onion. (-ष्टम्) = राजान्न q. v.-उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of a king, the insignia of royalty.-उपसेवा royal service; Ms.3.64.-ऋषिः (राजऋषिः orराजर्षिः) a royal sage, a saint-like prince, a man of the Kṣatriya caste who, by his pious life and austere devotion, comes to be regarded as a sage or riṣi; e. g. पुरूरवस्, जनक, विश्वामित्र.-कन्या, -कन्यका a princess.-करः a tax or tribute paid to the king.-करणम् a law-court.-कर्णः an ele- phant's tusk.-कर्तृ m. a person who assists at a corona- tion; समेत्य राजकर्तारः सभामीयुर्द्विजातयः Rām.2.67.2.-कर्मन् n.1 the duty of a king.-2 royal service; cf. Ms.7.125.-कला a crescent of the moon (the 16th part of the moon's disc).-कलिः a bad king; cf. अशरण्यः प्रजानां यः स राजा कलिरुच्यते Mb.12.12.29.-कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् 1 state-affairs.-2 royal command.-कुमारः a prince.-कुलम् 1 a royal family, a king's family; अग्निरापः स्त्रियो मूर्खः सर्पो राजकुलानि च H.; नदीनां शस्त्रपाणीनां नखिनां शृङ्गिणां तथा । विश्वासो नैव कर्तव्यः स्त्रीषु राजकुलेषु च ॥ ibid.-2 the court of a king; आ दास्याः पुत्रि राजकुलं <?>ल्येतत् Nāg.3.12/13.-3 a court of justice; (राजकुले कथ् or निविद् caus. means 'to sue one in a court of law, lodge a complaint against).-4 a royal palace.-5 a king, master (as a respectful mode of speaking).-6 a royal servant; बध्नन्ति घ्नन्ति लुम्पन्ति दृप्तं राजकुलानि वै Bhāg. 1.41.36.-कोशनिघण्टुः also-व्यवहारकोशः N. of a dictionary in Shivaji's time compiled by his minister Raghunātha Paṇḍita.-क्षवकः a kind of mustard.-गामिन् 1 a. escheating to the sovereign (as the property of a person having no heir).-2 brought before the king (as slander); Ms.11.55.-गिरिः N. of a mountain in Magadha.-गुरुः a royal counsellor.-गुह्यम् a royal mystery; राजविद्या राजगुह्यं पवित्रमिदमुत्तमम् Bg.9.2.-गृहम् 1 a royal dwelling, royal palace.-2 N. of a chief city in Magadha (about 75 or 8 miles from Pāṭali- putra).-ग्रीवः a kind of fish.-घ a. sharp, hot. (-घः) a king-killer, regicide.-चिह्नम् 1 insignia of royalty, regalia.-2 the stamp on a coin.-चिह्नकम् the organ of generation (उपस्थ).-जक्ष्मन् = राजयक्ष्मन् q. v.-तरङ्गिणी N. of a celebrated historical poem treating of the kings of Kāśmīra by Kalhaṇa.-तरुः the कर्णि- कार tree,-तालः, ताली the betel-nut tree; राजतालीवनध्वनिः R.-दण्डः 1 a king's sceptre.-2 royal authority.-3 punishment inflicted by a king.-4 fine payable to a king.-दन्तः (for दन्तानां राजा) the front tooth; राजौ द्विजानामिह राजदन्ताः N.7.46; 'राजन्ते सुतनोर्मनोरमतमास्ते राज- दन्ताः पुरः' (शृङ्गारधनदशतकम् 67).-दूतः a king's ambas- sador, an envoy.-दृशद् f. the larger or lower mill- stone.-देयम्, -भागम् the royal claim, tax; न वृत्त्या परितुष्यन्ति राजदेयं हरन्ति च Mb.12.56.59.-दौवारिकः 1 = राजद्वारिकः q. v.-2 a royal messenger; Hch.4.-द्रोहः high treason, sedition, rebellion.-द्रोहिन् m. a traitor.-द्वार् f.,-द्वारम् the gate of royal palace; राजद्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः Subhāṣ.-द्वारिकः a royal porter.-धर्मः 1 a king's duty.-2 a law or rule relating to kings (oft. in pl.).-धानम्, -धानकम्, -धानिका, -धानी the king's residence, the capital, metropolis, the seat of government; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं (प्रस्थापयामास) R.2.7.-धान्यम् Panicum Frumentaceum (Mar. सांवा).-धामन् n. a royal palace.-धुर् f.,-धुरा the burden or responsibility of government.-नयः, -नीतिः f. admini- stration of a state, administration of government, poli- tics, statesmanship.-नामन् m. Trichosanthes Dioeca (Mar. पडवळ).-नारायणः (in music) a kind of measure.-निघण्टुः N. of a dictionary of Materia Me- dica.-नीलम् an emerald.-पट्टः 1 a diamond of inferior quality.-2 a royal fillet.-पट्टिका f. the Chātaka bird.-पदम् royalty, sovereignty.-पथः, -पद्धतिः f. =राजमार्ग q. v.-पिण्डः the maintenance given by a king; अवश्यं राजपिण्डस्तैर्निवेश्य इति मे मतिः Mb.3.36.16.-पिण्डा a species of date.-पुंस् m. a royal servant.-पुत्रः 1 a prince.-2 a Kṣatriya, a man of the military tribe.-3 the planet Mercury.-4 N. of a mixed caste.-5 a Rajpoot.-5 A kind of mango.-पुत्रिका 1 a kind of bird.-2 Princess.-पुत्री 1 a princess.-2 a female of the Rajpoota tribe.-3 N. of several plants:-- जाती, मालती, कटुतुम्बी &c.-4 a kind of perfume (रेणुका).-5 a musk rat.-6 a kind of metal; also राजपत्नी.-पुरम् a royal city.-पुरुषः 1 a king's servant.-2 a minister.-पुष्पः the नागकेसर tree.-पूगः a kind of Areca-nut palm; Bhāg.4.6.17.-पौरुषिकः a royal servant; Mb.13.126.24.-प्रकृतिः a king's minister.-प्रसादः royal favour.-प्रेष्यः a king's servant. (-ष्यम्) royal service (more correctly राजप्रैष्य).-फणिञ्झकः an orange tree.-वदरम् salt.-बीजिन्, -वंश्य a. a scion of royalty, of royal descent.-भट्टिका a species of water-fowl.-भृतः a king's soldier.-भृत्यः 1 a royal servant or minister.-2 any public or govern- ment officer.-भोगः a king's meal, royal repast.-भोग्यम् nutmeg.-भौतः a king's fool or jester.-मणिः a royal gem.-मन्त्रधरः, -मन्त्रिन् m. a king's counsellor.-महिषी the chief queen.-मार्गः 1 a highway, high road, a royal or main road, principal street.-2 the way, me- thod or procedure of kings.-मार्तण्डः, -मृगाङ्कः (in music) a kind of measure.-माषः a kind of bean.-मुद्रा the royal seal.-यक्ष्मः, -यक्ष्मन् m. 'consumption of the moon', pulmonary consumption, consumption in general; राजयक्ष्मपरिहानिराययौ कामयानसमवस्थया तुलाम् R.19.5; राजयक्ष्मेव रोगाणां समूहः स महीभृताम् Śi.2.96; (for explana- tion of the word see Malli. thereon, as well as on Śi. 13.29).-यानम् a royal vehicle, a palanouin.-युध्वन् m.1 a king's soldier.-2 one who fights with a king; P.III.2.95.-योगः 1 a configuration of planets, asterisms &c. at the birth of a man which indicates that he is destined to be a king.-2 an easy mode of religious meditation (fit for kings to practise), as dis- tinguished form the more rigorous one called हठयोग q. v.-रङ्गम् silver.-राक्षसः a bad king.-राज् m.1 a supreme king.-2 the moon.-राजः 1 a supreme king, sovereign lord, an emperor.-2 N. of Kubera; अन्तर्बाष्प- श्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3.-3 the moon.-राज्यम् the state or dignity of Kubera; स्वर्लोके राजराज्येन सो$भि- षिच्येत भार्गव Mb.13.85.53.-रीतिः f. bell-metal.-लक्षणम् 1 any mark on a man's body indicating future royalty. royal insignia, regalia.-लक्ष्मन् n. royal insignia. (-m.) N. of Yudhiṣṭhira.-लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः f. the fortune or pros- perity of a king (personified as a goddess), the glory or majesty of a king; स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीम् R.2.7.-लिङ्गम् a kingly mark.-लेखः a royal edict.-लोकः a. collection of princes or kings.-वंशः a dynasty of kings.-वंशावली genealogy of kings, royal pedigree.-वर्चसम् kingly rank or dignity.-वर्तः cloth of various colours.-वल्लभः 1 a king's favourite.-2 a kind of mango.-3 a kind of Jujube.-वसतिः 1 dwelling in a king's court.-2 a royal palace.-वाहः a horse.-वाह्यः a royal elephant.-विः the bluy jay.-विजयः (in music) a kind of Rāga.-विद्या 'royal policy', king- craft, state-policy, statesmanship; Bg.9.2; (cf. राजनय); so-राजशास्त्रम्; वीराश्च नियतोत्साहा राजशास्त्रमनुष्ठिताः Rām.1. 7.12.-विहारः a royal convent.-वृक्षः the tree Cassia Fistula; गुच्छैः कृतच्छविरराजत राजवृक्षः Rām. Ch.5.9.-वृत्तम् the conduct or occupation of a king; (कच्चित्) प्रजाः पालयसे राजन् राजवृत्तेन धार्मिक Rām.1.52.7.-वृत्तिः the works of a king; प्रत्यक्षाप्रत्यक्षानुमेया हि राजवृत्तिः Kau. A.1.9.-शफरः a Hilsā fish; L. D. B.-शासनम् a royal edict; दिवा चरेयुः कार्यार्थं चिह्निता राजशासनैः Ms.1.55.-शृङ्गम् a royal umbrella with a golden handle.-शेखरः N. of a poet.-संसद् f.,-सभा f. a court of justice.-सदनम् a palace.-सर्पः a kind of snake-devouring snake.-सर्षपः black mustard (the seed used as a weight; त्रसरेणवो$ष्टौ विज्ञेया लिक्षैका परिमाणतः । ता राजसर्षपस्तिस्रस्ते त्रयो गौरसर्षपः ॥ Ms.8.133).-सायुज्यम् sovereignty.-सारसः a peacock.-सूयः, -यम् 1 a great sacrifice performed by a universal monarch (in which the tributary princes also took part) at the time of his coronation as a mark of his undisputed sovereignty; राजा वै राजसूयेनेष्ट्वा भवति Śat Br.; cf. सम्राट् also; राजा तत्र सूयते तस्माद् राजसूयः । राज्ञो वा यज्ञो राजसूयः ŚB. on MS.4.4.1.-2 a lotus.-3 a mountain.- सौधः a king's palace.-स्कन्धः a horse.-स्थानाधिकारः Viceroyalty.-स्थानीयः a viceroy, governor.-स्वम् 1 royal property; राजस्वं श्रोत्रियस्वं च न भोगेन प्रणश्यति Ms.8.149.-2 tribute, revenue.-स्वर्णः a kind of thorn-apple.-स्वामिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu.-हंसः a flamingo (a sort of white goose with red legs and bill); संपत्स्यन्ते नभसि भवतो राजहंसाः सहायाः Me.11; कूजितं राजहंसानां नेदं नूपुरशिञ्जितम् V.-हत्या regicide.-हस्तिन् m. a royal elephant, i. e. a lordly and handsome elephant.-हासकः a kind of fish; L. D. B.
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
One Night with the King — Movie poster for One Night with the King Directed by Michael O. Sajbel … Wikipedia
The King of England and his Three Sons — is a Gypsy fairy tale collected by Joseph Jacobs in More English Fairy Tales . He listed as his source Francis Hindes Groome s In Gypsy Tents , where the informant was John Roberts, a Welsh gypsy.Joseph Jacobs, More English Fairy Tales ,… … Wikipedia
The King and I (film) — Infobox Film name = The King and I caption = original film poster director =Walter Lang producer = Charles Brackett Darryl F. Zanuck (uncredited) writer =Ernest Lehman Margaret Landon (novel) Oscar Hammerstein II (play) starring =Deborah Kerr Yul … Wikipedia
The King and the Clown — Infobox Korean Film name = The King and the Clown director = Lee Jun ik producer = Jeong Jin wan Lee Jun Ik writer = Choi Seok hwan (screenplay) Kim Tae wung (original play) starring = Gam Wu seong Jeong Jin yeong Kang Seong yeon Lee Jun Ki Kwon… … Wikipedia
The King of Queens — From left to right: Stiller, James, and Remini Format Sitcom Created by … Wikipedia
The King of Fighters Neowave — Developer(s) SNK Playmore Publisher(s) SNK Playmore, Sammy Corporation … Wikipedia
The Book of Mormon and the King James Bible — The Book of Mormon contains many linguistic similarities to the King James Bible. In some cases, entire passages of scripture are duplicated in the Book of Mormon. Sometimes the source is acknowledged, as in the book of sourcetext|source=Book of… … Wikipedia
The Thirteenth Son of the King of Erin — is an Irish fairy tale collected by Jeremiah Curtin in Myths and Folk lore of Ireland . [Jeremiah Curtin, Myths and Folk lore of Ireland [http://www.sacred texts.com/neu/celt/mfli/mfli09.htm The Thirteenth Son of the King of Erin ] ] Ruth Manning … Wikipedia
The King of Fighters — (ザ・キング・オブ・ファイターズ, Za Kingu obu Faitāzu), officially abbreviated KOF , is a series of fighting games by SNK Playmore, formerly SNK. The series was originally developed for SNK s Neo Geo MVS arcade hardware, which served as the main platform for… … Wikipedia
The Return of the King — is the third and final volume of J. R. R. Tolkien s The Lord of the Rings , following The Fellowship of the Ring and The Two Towers .TitleTolkien conceived of The Lord of the Rings as a single volume comprising six books plus extensive appendices … Wikipedia
One for the Road (short story) — One for the Road Author Stephen King Country United States Language English Genre(s) Horror short story … Wikipedia
